Westbay Mechanial Specs

PROPOSED VILLA
(B+G+1+Terrace)
AT
Leqtaifiya
PLUMBING & DRAINAGE SPECIFICATIONS
May 2017
Section 19 PLUMBING SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART/CLAUSE TITLE PAGE
1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................... 1
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................................................. 1

1.3 CODES & STANDARDS ........................................................................................................ 1
2. HOT AND COLD WATER SERVICES ................................................................................... 2

2.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS – MATERIALS .................................................................................. 2
2.2 PIPES AND FITTINGS – INSTALLATIONS .......................................................................... 2
2.3 VALVES, STOPCOCKS AND GAUGES................................................................................ 6
3. UNDERGROUND COLD WATER PIPE LAYING .................................................................. 8
3.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 8
3.2 JOINTING ............................................................................................................................... 8
3.3 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ............................................................................................. 8
3.4 TRENCH EXCAVATION......................................................................................................... 8
3.5 GRANULAR BEDDING .......................................................................................................... 9
3.6 LAYING OF PIPELINES AND FITTINGS............................................................................... 9
3.7 ANCHORS AND THRUST BLOCKS ..................................................................................... 9
3.8 BACKFILLING EXCAVATIONS ............................................................................................ 10
3.9 PIPELINE INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................... 10
3.10 TESTING OF PIPEWORK ..................................................................................................... 10
3.11 WATER TANK ....................................................................................................................... 11

3.12 COLD WATER PUMPS ......................................................................................................... 12
4. SANITARY WARE INSTALLATIONS: .................................................................................. 21
6. LIST OF RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURERS ................................................................. 22

Eng.Adnan Saffarini Consultants
Westbay Villa
SECTION 19
PLUMBING WORKS
1. GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Attention is drawn to the General Specifications, the Qatar Construction Specification

(QCS) Together with the additional particular clauses applicable to the Building Services.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of works covered by this specification shall include the whole of the labor &
materials necessary to form “ Complete Installation “ of plumbing, irrigation, waste and
drainage systems & such commissioning and testing as described in QCS Section 19,
(Plumbing Work) and QCS 20 ( Drainage Work for Buildings )
The Scope of Work shall include the following:
1. Cold water and hot water system for the buildings as shown in the drawings.
2. Water supply to the fountains.
1.3 CODES & STANDARDS
The installation, materials, and all components shall comply with all statutory instructions
and Regulations current at the time of the tender whether so detailed or not, and shall
conform in all respects with the following:
1. Qatar Construction Specifications
2. Safety Health & Welfare Regulations issued by the State of Qatar
3. Water Regulations issued by the Ministry of Electricity & Water Department
4. The Fire Department Regulations

5. All relevant British Standards
a. BSCP 310 - Water Supply
b. BSCP 2005 - Sewerage
c. BS 5572 - Code of Practice for Sanitary Pipe work
d. BS 8301 - Building Drainage
6. National Fire Protection Association ( NFPA)
7. Under Writers laboratories
Should any conflict arise between the codes and the standards mentioned above, then the
Regulations issued by the State of Qatar shall take precedence.
SECTION 19 – PLUMBING SYSTEM 1

Westbay Villa
2. HOT AND COLD WATER SERVICES
2.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS – MATERIALS
2.1.1 CWS / HWS- Above the ground (riser & downfeed)
All above the ground cold & hot water pipe work within the buildings inside shafts, on roof
etc., shall be in copper tube to BS 2871 or EN 1057 Part 1 Table ‘ X ‘ All fittings shall be of
the capillary or compression type to BS 869: Part 2 Manufactured from even metal,
copper or dezincification resistance brass.
All fittings shall be lead free.
2.1.2 Underground & CWS/HWS embedded in screed or wall chase
The copper tube shall be to BS 2871 or EN 1057 Part 1 Table ‘ Y ‘ externally coated over
entire length with a continuous seamless Polythene sheathing for cold water piping. The
colour of the Sheathing shall be green as per BS 4800 Ref: 12 D 45. For hot water piping
the sheathing shall be polythene with air channels on the internal surface. Joints shall be
carefully wrapped with PVC waterproof tape to maintain protective coating.
The copper tubes shall comply with the following specifications with regard to the sizes:
Outside
Nominal size (mm) Nominal Wall thickness of
Diameter (mm)
sheathing (mm)
Min Max Min
15 15.045 14.965 1.0 1.0
22 22.055 21.975 1.2 1.0
28 28.055 27.975 1.2 1.0
35 35.070 34.990 1.5 1.6
42 42.070 41.990 1.5 1.6
54 54.070 53.990 2.0 1.6
2.1.3 Cold & Hot Water supply – Inside toilet areas / pantries / below false ceiling.
Cold and hot water supply within each plumbing zones in a building to individual plumbing
fixtures shall be through PP-R pipes DIN 8077.All pipes which runs below floor slab or
concealed, in toilet, pantry and other wet areas of pipe sizes as shown on the drawings
shall be PP-R pipes DIN 8077. All accessories and fittings shall be made of Gunmetal.
2.2 PIPES AND FITTINGS – INSTALLATIONS
2.2.1 Joints for Copper Pipes
The jointing of copper pipe work shall be by means of dezincification resistant integral
solder ring. Bronze welding will not be permitted.

Westbay Villa
2.2.2 Installation, Storage & Protection
All pipe work; fittings & accessories shall be installed strictly in accordance with the
manufacturers recommendations and due allowance shall be made for thermal
movement.
All pipe work; fittings & accessories shall be obtained from one manufacturer only, who
shall be nominated by the contractor in writing and approved by the Engineer prior to
ordering any Materials. All pipe work; fittings & accessories shall be stored in properly
ventilated & well-supported racked storage sheds.
All pipe work shall be installed to present a neat & orderly appearance arranged to or at
right angles to the structural member of the building, giving maximum headroom and not
obstructing window or doorways. Pipes shall bend round piers, projections and recesses
forming part of the structural works whether indicated in the drawing or not. Pipe work
shall be installed such that there is a minimum of 150mm clear below to the finished floor
level & at least 25mm clear to the finished wall face.
All pipe work, which is to be insulated, shall allow space for each pipe to be insulated
around its whole circumference. Adequate clearance shall be provided between insulated
pipe work running together adjacent to walls & floors. Clearance between insulation and
floor wall shall be as for bare pipe work.
No joints shall be formed in the thickness of floor slabs or roof slabs. No pipe work shall
be chased into floor or roof slabs. During the installation period open ends of pipe work
shall be capped off using purpose made plugs or blank counter flanges.
All pipe work shall be plumb in the vertical and leveled to the turn of a bubble in the
horizontal, except where wall or floor finishes deviate from the vertical or horizontal, all
pipe work shall be erected such that it may be vented and drained satisfactorily.
Swing joints, offsets, expansion joints etc., shall be provided wherever necessary to
accommodate expansion of piping.
Unions or flanges shall be provided at all by–passes, tanks, heaters, pumps and
elsewhere as may be required.
Expansion joints shall be placed in all pipes where they cross building expansion joints.
The contractor shall check all plumbing layouts with structural drawings.
All pipe work, valves and fittings & other components forming the installation shall be such
that they are accessible for maintenance and repairs. Unions and flanges shall be
provided as appropriate in order to allow for equipment removal.
All exposed pipe work in toilets, etc., shall be painted (minimum 2 coats) matching with
the tiles as per the instructions of the Engineer.
2.2.3 Pipe Supports, Brackets & Hangers
All pipe work shall be adequately supported in such a manner as to permit free movement
due to expansion, contractions, vibrations or other changes in the system. Supports shall
be arranged as near as possible to the joints and changes of direction. Spacing of support
shall comply with Table 13 of BS 5572:1978. Vertical rising pipes particularly in shafts
shall be adequately supported at the base to withstand the total weight of the riser. Under
no circumstances shall branches from vertical rising pipes be the means of support for the
vertical pipe work.

Westbay Villa
Pipe work up to and including 67mm diameter shall be supported clear of the structure
with cast brass brackets. Where exposed to view, bright finish brass hospital brackets
shall be used with crawl plugs and brass screws.
Where pipe work is concealed, bright finish brass single pipe ring with BSP female
screwed end and bright finish brass pack plate with male screwed end shall be used and
fixed to the wall using brass screws & crawl plugs.
All multi runs of pipe work within false ceilings or service shafts shall be supported on
purpose designed proprietary brackets suitable for carrying more than one pipe run, and
shall be secured using expanded plugs or other purpose designed fixing devices. Soft
wood plugs shall not be allowed. All-purpose designed proprietary brackets shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering.
Where rollers and chairs are required, these shall be performed as manufactured by a
specialist approved by the Engineer, and where used singularly, they shall have
restraining U-bolts formed over the diameter of the pipe and bolted to the base support of
the chair. The “U” bolts shall be fitted to all movement of the pipe without binding.
All steel hangers & supporting brackets shall be painted with two coats of red oxide before
dispatch from the works. The spacing of supports where not specified must not exceed
the spacing given in the following schedules. Where one support carries more than one
pipe diameter, the spacing shall be that specified for the smallest diameter.
MAXIMUM SPACING OF SUPPORTS
Support Spacing (m)

Nominal size of pipes
(mm) Vertical Pipes HorizontalPipes
15 1.8 1.2
22 2.4 1.8
28 2.4 1.8
35 3.0 2.1
42 3.0 2.1
54 3.0 2.4
67 3.6 2.4
76.1 3.6 2.4
108 3.6 2.4

Westbay Villa
2.2.4 Pipe Sleeves
Pipe sleeves shall be supplied where pipe work passes through walls, floors. Footings and
waterproofing membranes. Sleeves shall be built in the correct locations at the time
required, by the main contractor. The inside diameter of all sleeves shall not be less than
1.5mm larger than the outside diameter of the pipe passing through. Where pipes pass
through buried walls or fittings, sleeves shall be 25mm larger than the outside diameter of
the pipe passing through. The space between the pipe sleeves shall be neatly packed
using asbestos string or rope to prevent the passage of noise, vermin or smoke. Sleeves
shall not protrude beyond the finished surface, where pipe work is exposed to view and
passes through wall or floor, chromium plated copper pipe flanges of the correct pipe
diameter shall be fitted.
The pipe sleeves shall be in new concrete construction before pouring. Sleeves in
foundation wall shall make water tight installation. Sleeve through walls, floor and partition
walls shall be in copper sleeve, through outside wall shall be UPVC sleeve properly
caulked to ensure water tight joints. Pipe sleeve shall not be arranged to support the pipe
work.
All pipe work on the roof shall be installed with 25mm thick preformed rigid glass fiber
sections of 48 kg / cum
The insulation shall further be covered with 6 oz. canvas and painted with two coats of
vapour seal material of minimum thickness of 1mm. The thermal insulation shall be non –
corrosive to the metal, water repellant & fire retardant.
All sanitary ware shall be provided as shown on the drawing and approved by the
Engineer. Bibb with mixers, taps, valves or mixer taps shall be bronze or gun metal
castings or hot pressing of brass or manganese bronze and shall be chromium plated.
Spindles. Glands, crutches, washer plates and nuts shall be of brass or bronze. The taps
shall have crutch or capstan head made of metal, being marked hot or cold with tail
having external parallel thread. They shall be marked with manufacturer’s name or trade
mark.
The water supply connection to sanitary fittings shall be in the following sizes:
FIXTURES SIZE
Washbasin 15mm
Bidet 15mm
W.C. 15mm
Sink Unit 22mm
2.2.5 Flashing / Puddle Flanges
Where pipe pass through water proofed membranes, sleeves shall be provided with a
flashing flange to which a flashing shield can be clamped or brazed. The shield shall be
zinc or copper and shall not be less than 200mm from the sleeve in all directions. The
space between the sleeve and the pipe passing through shall be packed with waterproof
material and mastic compound.

Westbay Villa
2.2.6 Anchors and Guides
All pipe anchors shall be heavy gauge steel collars with lugs and bolts for clamping and
attaching to anchor braces. No anchor brace shall be installed in a location where its
installation may result in damage to the building structure. All anchors and guides shall be
submitted to the Engineer for his final approval prior to the installation.
2.2.7 Pipe work Expansion
Provision for pipe work expansion and contraction shall be made by changes in the
direction of pipe work. The supports and brackets provided give adequate allowance for
this movement. In certain cases expansion loops or expansion bellows shall be provided
in the position indicated in the drawings. These items shall be manufactured by a
specialist approved by the Engineer. All bellow shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
2.2.8 Pipe Insulation

All the exposed pipe work on the roof shall be installed with 50mm thick preformed rigid
glass sectional insulation with 96kg/m3 density, covered by canvas glass cloth with 200
gm/m2 and painted with two coats of weatherproof painting with minimum thickness of
1mm. The thermal insulation shall be non-corrosive to the metal, water repellant and fire
retardant.
Pipe Insulation: flame-attenuated glass fiber, bonded with thermosetting resin, maximum
K factor of 0.25 at 240C mean temperature.
2.3 VALVES, STOPCOCKS AND GAUGES
2.3.1 General
All valves and stopcocks shall comply with the regulations of the Ministry of Electricity and
Water, Water Department and shall be dezincification resistant. Valves shall be provided
as shown on the drawings and detailed below or similar and approved, all valves shall be
submitted for approval to the Engineer and this should be obtained in writing prior to
ordering.
All valves, strainers and non-return valves shall be numbered clearly using white/black
‘Traffolyte‘ label securely fixed to the valve or valve handle. These labels shall indicate the
service and function of the valve. The exact wording shall be approved by the Engineer
prior to manufacture of the labels.
Once a manufacturer has been approved and selected all valves shall be of the same
manufacturer.
Isolating Valves
All valves shall be fitted in readily accessible positions. They shall be of even thickness
throughout, clean, smooth and free from scale. All stuffing boxes shall be packed with
material specially selected and recommended by the manufacturer for the particular
service in which each valve is used.

Westbay Villa
Non – Return Valves / Check Valves
Non –Return valves shall be screwed BSPT or flange BS 4504: Part 2 in accordance with
the valve schedule in this specification. All non – return valves shall be suitable for both
vertical and horizontal mounting and shall be fitted in readily accessible positions.
Non-return valves shall be in-line spring loaded, swing design with lever and weight or
lever and spring.
Strainers
All strainers shall be fitted in a readily accessible position and adequate access shall be
allowed for maintenance and cleaning of the strainer basket. All strainers shall be
manufactured by specialists and have a stainless steel 80mm mesh screen basket.
Drain cocks
All drain cocks shall be of the same manufacturer and be in accordance with BS 2879.
Generally drain cocks shall be provided at all low points in the system and other points
where necessary and as directed by the Engineer.
Stopcock
All stopcock used shall be as per BS 1010 with all parts in contact with water made from
material resistant to dezincification (example ) Yorkshire 501 GM. The size shall be 15mm
– 65mm.
Float Valves
Float valves shall be hydraulically operated, diaphragm actuated valve with the pilot
control and float mechanism mounted on the cover of the main valve. The float positions
the pilot control and close the valve when float contacts the upper stop and to open the
valve when the floats contacts the lower stop.
2.3.2 Valve Schedule
Isolating Valves Bronzed BS 5154 PN 16 at 100ºC

15 – 80
screwed (F)
Drain cocks screwed (F) bronze 15 – 28 BS 2879, 6 bar at 110ºC
Strainers “Y” bronze screwed BS 5154 PN 16, Series "B"

(F) Patt with 80 meshes copper 15 – 80
screen
Non – Return valves bronze

15 – 65 BS 5154 PN 16 at 100ºC
screwed (F)
BS 1212 Pattern II or
Ball Valves 15 – 54
Portsmouth
Ball valves equilibrium 15 – 54 Under Hayes gunmetal body

Westbay Villa
2.3.3 Testing of Pipe work
All sections of pipe work shall be hydraulically tested during the installation of the works to
avoid the necessity for disturbing the building programme at the later stages. No pipes
shall be insulated, covered or made inaccessible before they have been tested. All tests
are to be recorded and signed by the Contractor’s Senior Site representative and
witnessed by the Engineer or his representative.
All pipe work except open ended vents and drain pipes shall be tested to 700KN/sq m or
twice the working pressure whichever is greater, for a period of not less than four (4)
hours.
Following successful completion of the test, the pipe work shall be thoroughly flushed out
and all open ends carefully plugged to prevent the entry of any contamination.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to see that the tests are correctly carried out and that
any necessary remedial measures are effected and the section retested, so that on
completion of the Works each and every section has been tested satisfactorily and a
complete set of test certificates has been forwarded to the Engineer.
3. UNDERGROUND COLD WATER PIPE LAYING
3.1 GENERAL
Underground cold water services shall comply with British Standard Code of Practice CP
310: 1965, CP 2010: Part I: 1966 and CP 2010: Part 3: 1972.
Each type of pipe work material and associated fittings shall comply be obtained from one
Manufacturer only, who shall be nominated by the contractor in writing and approved by
the Engineer prior to ordering any materials.
3.2 JOINTING
The jointing of copper pipe work shall be by means of dezincification resistant integral
solder ring. Bronze welding shall not be permitted.
3.3 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
All pipework, fittings and accessories shall be stored in properly ventilated, well-supported
racked storage sheds.
All pipework, fittings and accessories shall be inspected prior to use and damaged
material shall be disposed off.
Protection shall be provided to the complete works as it proceeds to prevent impact
damage from debris. All open ends of all pipes and fittings shall be plugged to prevent the
ingress of debris and rubbish using temporary purpose made manufactured plugs or
flanges. Plastic sheets or paper bags shall not be used for plugging pipework fittings.
3.4 TRENCH EXCAVATION
Excavation work shall be executed in whatever ground conditions that may be

encountered.

Westbay Villa
The contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all excavations and any claim arising
from accident or damage to the public, adjoining property or labor on site. The contractor
shall provide all necessary steel sheeting, timber supports, strutting and shoring to the
complete satisfaction of the Engineer. Any slip or fall shall be immediately reported &
made good by the contractor at his own expense and the contractor shall take sole
responsibility for any claim for damages arising out of inadequate support of excavations.
All excavations shall be maintained dry and free from water. To achieve this the contractor
shall without additional charge, provide all necessary pumping equipment, sumps, and
drains The contractor shall also be responsible for operating, running and maintaining all
equipment at all times to ensure excavations are free from water.
All obstructions shall be broken out and voids and soft spots filled with concrete grade
C15 or as otherwise as directed by the Engineer at the contractor’s expense.
3.5 GRANULAR BEDDING
Pipework shall be laid on a granular bed with a minimum cover above the crown of the
pipe as follows:
1. Pipe lines: 600mm cover when there is no traffic on the ground above the pipeline
2. Pipe lines: 1000mm cover when there is traffic on the ground above the pipeline.
The granular bedding shall comprise of gravel, stone chippings or crushed stone to pass
through 12mm sieve and be retained on a minimum of 5mm sieve mixed with free draining
coarse sand, in the ratio of two parts of crushed stone to every part of sand. Bedding
material shall not contain more than 0.3% sulphate nor shall it be obtained from locations
0.1% sulphate is present in the ground water.
Bedding shall be laid 150mm deep along the length of the trench and compacted prior to
work commencing on the pipe laying. After pipe laying, inspection and testing, a further
300mm of bedding material shall be compacted by hand above the uppermost crown of
the pipe lines along its entire length. The bedding material shall span the entire width of
the trench and shall be laid in not more than 150mm deep layers, each layer being
compacted by hand.
3.6 LAYING OF PIPELINES AND FITTINGS
All underground pipelines shall be laid to true levels in straight lines to even gradients.
Pipelines laying shall not commence until the Engineer has inspected and approved the
granular bed and trench. All pipes passing through walls and foundations shall have
sleeves with puddle flanges. The flanges shall not be less than 200 mm from sleeve in all
directions. The space between the sleeves and pipes passing through shall be packed
with waterproof material and mastic compound.
When slings are used, only flat braided steel wire or band slings shall be used.
The cutting of pipes shall be by hacksaw and all burrs shall be trimmed off by filing.
3.7 ANCHORS AND THRUST BLOCKS
All pipelines shall be anchored with thrust bocks at dead ends, tees, bends, tapers and
valves to resist the thrust arising from internal pressure.

Westbay Villa
Where pipelines are laid in waterlogged areas, pipelines to be weighted to prevent

floating. Where pipelines are laid on steep inclines they shall have transverse anchors as
detailed in the table below:
GRADIENT ANCHOR SPACING (m)
1 in 2 and steeper 5.50
below 1 in 2 to 1 in 4 11.00
below 1 in 4 to 1 in 16.50
below 1 in 5 to 1 in 22.00
below 1 in 6 not required
3.8 BACKFILLING EXCAVATIONS
After completion of granular bed and surround, the trench shall be backfilled using
selected excavated Material free from all rocks, large hard objects and builders’ debris of
greater than 40mm and shall be in layers of 150mm, each fully compacted over the width
of the trench. Power rammers and vibrators shall be used to compact backfilling when the
cover over the crown of the pipe exceeds 0.50 meters.
3.9 PIPELINE INSPECTIONS
Written notice shall be given at least 24hours in advance for the purpose of inspection,
measurement and testing for each of the following cases:
1. Setting out complete
2. Excavation complete
3. Bedding laid
4. Pipeline laid and thrust block in position
5. Pipeline bedding cover complete and compacted between joints and backfilling as
necessary, complete and compacted between joints, ready for testing.
6. Joints, bedding cover complete and compacted and backfilling complete and
compacted with ground level finish, ready for final testing.
3.10 TESTING OF PIPEWORK
All sections of pipe work shall be hydraulically tested during the installation of the works to
avoid the necessity for disturbing the building programme at the later stages. No pipes
shall be insulated, covered or made inaccessible before they have been tested. All tests
are to be recorded and signed by the Contractor’s Senior Site representative and
witnessed by the Engineer or his representative.
All pipe work except open ended vents and drain pipes shall be tested to 700KN/sq m or
twice the working pressure whichever is greater, for a period of not less than four (4)
hours.

Westbay Villa
Following successful completion of the test, the pipe work shall be thoroughly flushed out
and all open ends carefully plugged to prevent the entry of any contamination.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to see that the tests are correctly carried out and that
any necessary remedial measures are effected and the section retested, so that on
completion of the Works each and every section has been tested satisfactorily and a
complete set of test certificates has been forwarded to the Engineer.
3.11 WATER TANK
3.11.1 Elevated Water Tank
Cold & hot water storage tanks installed at roof deck of buildings as shown on the
drawing shall be manufactured to BS 6920 (British Standard for drinking water
storage) and comply strictly with the standards of the Water Department of the State of
Qatar, guaranteed by the manufacturer for a minimum of seven (10) years.
Roof deck water storage tanks shall be constructed of polyethylene material with
manhole inspection cover and all connections as shown in the drawings.
The tanks shall be provided to the capacities, dimensions and locations shown on the
drawings shall not encourage the growth of algae, have a smooth internal surface single
piece body with no seams of joints or seamless.
Tank is to be fixed on a concrete plinth which supports the whole of the tank. The details
of the tank base are to be approved by the Engineer before any installation work begins.
Tanks shall be fitted with the following:
1. Electrical type float switch.
2. Overflow pipe one size larger than float valve supply pipe, with SS insect screen at
terminal.
3. Drain valve provided at the lowest bottom side of the tank
4. Cold water outlets.
5. Close fitting openings on top of the tank for float switches wiring.
6. Sealed manhole cover adjacent to float valve.
7. Vent pipe with stainless steel insect screen.

Connections 50mm and larger shall be flanged, 35mm and below shall be screwed BSP
thread.
After the installation, the tank shall be filled with water for testing for 24 hours. No leakage
shall be observed. On completion of leak test the tank shall be flush out twice using the
maximum water pressure available and all the extraneous matter removed including the
water used during the operation.
The whole of the installation shall be guaranteed for a period of 10 years. Any defect/
damage or leakage occurred during the guarantee period shall be made good by the
CONTRACTOR at no cost to the client.

Westbay Villa
3.11.2 Sectional Water Storage Tank

The water storage tanks shall be made of sectional glass fiber reinforced polyester panel
construction suitable for potable water and resistant to ultra violet rays. Tank shall not
encourage the growth of algae and shall have a smooth internal surface for easy cleaning.
The GRP panels shall be insulated with foamed urethane and shall support 80ºC radiation
temperature.
Raw material for water tank panels shall contain long continuous strand fiber to provide
high strength. Sealing materials between panels shall be high quality material approved for
potable water. Assembly bolts shall be high strength stainless steel bolts. Internal bracing
shall be high strength stainless steel bars.
Tank dimensions shall be as indicated on the drawings. Tank shall contain external ladder
1 no (Steel with hot dip galvanized coating), internal ladder 1 no (PVC) and manhole Ø
600 mm 1 no. Tank shall include air vent size 100 mm dia and 210 mm height x 1 no with
SS insect screen at terminal. The tank shall be supported on steel skid base members as
per manufacturer’s standard size and supporting reinforced concrete beams with
dimensions 3300 (length) x 300 (width) x 600 (height) x 3 nos to suit tank dimensions.
Tank shall be fitted, but not limited, with the following:
1. Inlet connection with ball valve.
2. Drain valve with stop cock provided at the bottom of the tank.
3. Cold water outlets connections at 50 mm above the bottom of the tank.
4. Close fitting openings on top of the tank for float switches wiring.
After installation, tanks shall be filled with water for 24 hours testing. No leakage shall be
observed at joints. On completion of leak tests, the tank shall be flushed out twice using
maximum water pressure available and all extraneous matter removed including the water
used during the operation.
The whole of the installation shall be guaranteed for a period of 10 years. Any
defect/damage or leakage occurred during the guarantee period shall be made good by
the Contractor at no cost to the Client.
3.12 COLD WATER PUMPS & circulating pumps
3.12.1 C.W.S Booster Pump set

3.12.1.1 GENERAL
Supply and install pressure booster sets where shown on drawings and in accordance
with the schedule of equipment furnished. The booster sets shall be of horizontal closed
coupled end-suction type.
3.12.1.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS
The packaged domestic water pressure booster set factory assembled system installed at
roof deck of the buildings as shown on the drawing shall consist of a structural base,
pumps, motors, suction & discharge headers, valves, flexible connectors, pressure
vessel, control panel, pressure outlets and necessary interconnecting piping.

Westbay Villa
Booster pump set shall be installed to pressurized water services. The unit shall be
complete with air vessel, control panel, interconnecting pipework, suction and discharge
headers, valves, flexible connectors electrical wiring etc. fixed to a single base plate.
All pumps shall be high efficiency closed coupled centrifugal type pump with cast iron
casing construction, stainless steel shaft, stainless steel impeller, stainless steel base
plate and with mechanical sealed bearing.
3.12.1.3 COMPONENTS
Water pressure booster pump set & circulating pumps for water heater and chiller package
shall comprise of 1-duty, 1-standby and diaphragm pressure vessel as shown on the
drawing. Duty & stand-by pump sets shall be of identical performance characteristics. All
the pumps shall be design having all wetted parts in stainless steel usable for potable
water applications. The packaged pumping system shall be constructed with Type L
copper suction and discharge headers, valves, Y-strainer and flexible connectors. Unit
shall be rated for 1.5 times the working pressure.
Headers shall be easily removable to allow for service access and moving the package
through doorways.
The “pump set” shall be capable of following programmed operations: -
 Duty pump, run on pressure demand.
 Duty pump speed variation on pressure demand.
 Duty pump, stop on no demand.
 Standby pump start on increased demand.
 Stand-by pump auto-change over on failure of duty pumps as required.
 Cycling of duty pump between 2 pumps in the set to achieve equal running hours.
 Low water level pump trip.
 Measurement of system pressure & settings, voltage and current.
The pump control panel shall provide the following standard user-selectable features:
 Low level Alarm and Cut Out
 No - Flow Shut Down
 Audio Visual alarm with “push button silence” feature
 Overload Failure Alarm
 Pump Failure Alarm

Westbay Villa
All motors shall be designed to suit the maximum temperature of air passing over the
motors and the additional temperature rise caused by exposure to the sun. The type of
winding insulation shall, however, be not less than Class ‘B’. The motors for exhaust fans
shall have the insulation suitable to operate on 50 deg. C ambient temperature. Pump
units shall be fitted with variable frequency drive and other necessary accessories for
safety operation.
All motors smaller than 0.50KW shall be designed to operate on single phase. All motors
0.75KW and above shall be designed to operate on three phase. All motors shall be
wound for 240 Volts, single phase, or 415 volts, 3 phases, 50 Hz, A.C system, TEFC
type.
Any motors brought to site not complying with above mentioned voltage and insulation
requirements shall not be accepted.
3.12.2 LIFT or TRANSFER PUMP
3.12.2.1 GENERAL
Supply and install lift pump set as shown on drawings and in accordance with the
schedule of equipment furnished.
3.12.2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS
The packaged domestic water lift pump set factory assembled system installed as shown
on the drawing shall consist of a structural base, pumps, motors, suction & discharge
headers, valves, flexible connectors, pressure vessel, control panel, pressure outlets and
necessary interconnecting piping.
System shall require a single point power connection and suction & discharge piping
connections. Each pump in the system shall be of equal size to minimize spare parts
requirements. Pumps shall have the duty points as scheduled in the drawings.
Incoming electrical power shall be 415 volts / 50 hertz / 3 phases.
3.12.2.3 COMPONENTS
Water pressure Lift pump set package shall comprise of 1-duty, 1-standby and bladder
tank type pressure vessel as shown on the drawing. Duty & stand-by pump sets shall be of
identical performance characteristics. All the pumps shall be of vertical multistage design
having all wetted parts in stainless steel usable for potable water applications. The
packaged pumping system shall be constructed with Type L copper suction and discharge
headers, valves, Y-strainer and flexible connectors. Unit shall be rated for 1.5 times the
working pressure.
Headers shall be easily removable to allow for service access and moving the package
through doorways.
The “pump set” shall be capable of following programmed operations: -
 Duty pump, run on pressure demand.

Westbay Villa
 Duty pump constant speed on pressure demand.

 Duty pump, stop on no demand.
 Standby pump start on increased demand.
 Stand-by pump auto-change over on failure of duty pumps as required.
 Cycling of duty pump between 2 pumps in the set to achieve equal running
hours.
 Low water level pump trip.
 Measurement of system pressure & settings, voltage and current.
The pump control panel shall provide the following standard user-selectable features:
 Low level Alarm and Cut Out

 No - Flow Shut Down
 Audio Visual alarm with “push button silence” feature
 Overload Failure Alarm
 Pump Failure Alarm
Packaged pump sets shall be self-contained fully automatic packaged units of closed
coupled centrifugal type, high efficiency pumps with cast iron casing, stainless steel
shaft, stainless steel impeller, stainless steel base plate and with mechanical sealed
bearing. The pumps shall be interconnected with piping using copper pipe work to
BS.2871 Table X. The units shall be equipped with IP65 automatic control panel all
mounted on a common heavy gauge galvanized steel base plate.
The speed of pumps shall not exceed 2900 rpm. The pressure sizing shall be made in
order to provide minimum run time on the lead pump.
Pump shall be controlled automatically by means of float ball valve and float switch or
level switch.
All motors shall be designed to suit the maximum temperature of air passing over the
motors and the additional temperature rise caused by exposure to the sun. The type of
winding insulation shall, however, be not less than Class ‘B’. The motors for exhaust fans
shall have the insulation suitable to operate on 50 deg. C ambient temperature. Pumps
units shall be fitted with constant pressure drive and other necessary accessories for
safety operation.
All motors smaller than 0.50KW shall be designed to operate on single phase. All
Motors 0.75KW and above shall be designed to operate on three phase. All motors shall
be wound for 240 Volts, single phase, or 415 volts, 3 phases, 50 Hz, A.C system.
Any motors brought to site not complying with above mentioned voltage and insulation
requirements shall not be accepted

Westbay Villa
3.12.3 Fountains & swimming pool

A. General
The intent of Water Fountain & swimming pool shall be as indicated on
the drawings and specification, however contractor shall be a specialist in the
design and construction of the work identified herein and as shown in the
drawings. Contractor should provide all required shop drawings, materials,
equipment necessary for the construction of water fountains
Product and Scope of Works
SCOPE OF WORK This Section includes fountains installations and various
recirculation, drainage and supply piping systems within the Westbay Villa as
shown on the drawings. Piping materials and equipment specified in this Section
include :
1. Pipes and Fittings.
2. Specially duty valves.
3. Water Fountain
4. Filters.
5. Pumps and Accessories.
B. Submittals
Product data for each water fountain filter, pumps, nozzles, drains, piping and
special duty valves. Include rated capacities of selected models, furnished
specialties and accessories, and installation instructions.
Shop drawings detailing dimensions, required clearances for water fountain
distribution piping systems in accordance with the drawings and this specification.
Maintenance data for water fountain filters, pumps, nozzles, drains, piping
specialties and special duty valves, for inclusion in operating and maintenance
manual as specified in the General Requirements.
C. Quality Assurance
Guarantee : Provide written guarantee that when water fountain, equipment is
operated in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions water fountains water will
be crystal clear, sparkling bright, free from suspended matter and completely
sterilized at all times.
Water to be clear : When water fountain in use, water is to be sufficiently clear to
permit a 150 mm diameter black disc on a white background placed on bottom of
water fountains to be clearly visible from side walls of water fountain at all distances
up to 10 m measured from a line drawn across the disc.
Water to be Sterile: When water fountains in use not more than 15% of samples of
water taken covering any considerable period are to contain more than 200 bacteria
per millilitre or are to show positive test in ay of five 10 ml samples of water.
Free residual chlorine in water at all times is to be not less than 0.7 ppm and not
more than 1.5 ppm.
pH of water at all times is to be not less than 7.2and not more than 7.8.
Water Quality: Make chemical and bacterial analysis in accordance with procedures
recommended in the Standard Methods of the Examination of water, Sewage and
Industrial Wastes.

Westbay Villa
Performance Tests: Carry out tests as necessary and as directed to demonstrate

that equipment meets design requirements as noted on the Drawings and in the
Specification.
Qualified engineer or technician from equipment manufacturer is to supervise
installation, start-up equipment, make necessary adjustments, calibrations and tests
in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and instruct and train the personnel.
D. Pipe and Tubing Materials
Pipe and Fittings: Pressure UPVC.
Fittings: Fittings to be integral parallel sockets with solvent welded joints.
Joining Materials: Sealing rings on UPVC pipe to provide for expansion and
contraction to be rubber to BS 2494 Part 2.
E. Valves
Ball vales 50 mm diameter and under on the recirculation and chlorination systems
to be threaded with CPVC body, viton or EDPM “O” ring seals, self lubricating
Teflon seats and double union / double block design.
Shut-off valves 160 mm in diameter on the recirculation systems to be flanged with
CPVC body, viton “O” ring seals, self-lubricating Teflon seats and venture design.
Valves on drainage and water supply system.
F. Water Fountain and

Swimming pool Specialties
Water Fountain and
swimming pool Fittings :
1. Fountain or swimming pool nozzles and fittings to consist of a machine cast
bonze and brass with natural finish, designed for constant water
level operation and single/multiple jet water column height to be 3.00 m.
2. Drains and Overflow Fittings:
Combined overflow and in-built wall fitting: The combined overflow and in-
built wall fitting as usually cemented into the upright basin wall, used to drain
off the superfluous basin water (rainwater), for replenishing with water and for
the mounting of a water level sensor in combination with automatic water
level control.
Unit to perform both functions of low water cut-off and water level
maintenance. Operation to be by a control panel with two 5 AMP relays in a
NEMA1 enclosure, and 120V primary voltage with 10 volts at the probes. Unit
to be complete with solenoid fill valve, similar to model “CNW-1” from “KIM” or
approved equal.
3. Suction Filter which are mounted at bottom of water basin prevents dirt from
being drawn into pump nozzle circulation system.
4. Floor drain dirt screen, combined with a drain valve serves to empty the water
basin. The screwed on dirt sieve prevent large particles of dirt from getting
into drain pipe.
Circulating Pump set
Circulating pumpset shall be installed as shown on the drawings. Pumps shall be a
single/multi-stage pump, body, stainless steel impeller, BUBE shaft IP Class 55,
3400 rpm, 220/3/50Hz, cast iron pump housing mounted in a steel base.
Westbay Villa
Each of the pump shall be fitted with double duty at the discharge (in place of
standard isolating, throttle and check valve) and the suction diffuser plus an
isolating valve at the suction side of each pump.
Electrical panel will be base mounted with isolator, TPMCB, Starters, Run/trip
indication, duty selector switch. All inter-connecting pipe-work in copper with
insulation.
Re-circulating pumps shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS 1394: Parts 1
and
Re-circulating pumps shall be suitably suppressed to prevent radio and television
interference.
Pump capacity shall be as stated in the drawings.
Submersible Pump set
Submersible pumpset shall be installed as shown on the drawings. Pumps shall be
a multi-stage pump with stainless steel shaft, stainless steel impeller with housing
made of corrosion resistant alloy.
3.12.4 Filter
Sand filter shall be provided and installed downstream of the lift pump as shown on the
drawing. Filter housing shall be made of 100% non-corrosive material. Shell shall be
constructed of high performance composite and fibreglass materials with uniform inner
shell of thermoplastic material like polyethylene, polypropylene or any other high
performance materials. Standard operating pressure could stand for 10.5 bars at an
operating temperature of 65˚ C or at higher temperature. Filter cleaning shall be automatic
self – cleaning system (Automatic backwash). Filter control shall be modular cartridge
design (clean and service module is right up front), corrosion resistant with long service
life and versatile with easy to set electronic, mechanical or impulse controls. Dirt/rust filter
section should remove solid particles. Filter shall have discharge rating not less than the
discharge rating of the lift pumps. A package type filter shall include, but not limited to, the
following:
 Aquatic valves
 3-way solenoid valve
 Power supply
 Stager 2 circuit timer
 Copper surface piping
 Valve control operation
3.12.5 Electric Water Heaters

The water heater shall be of vertical type, central heating roof mounted as shown in the
drawings. Kilowatt rating and storage capacity is as per schedule/drawing. The tank shall
be glass lined packaged electric water heaters with an alkaline borosilicate composition
fuse to steel and the composition of which shall comply with the requirements of BS 2870
and have an anode for additional corrosion protection and shall withstand a maximum
pressure of 10 bars. Provide heaters with complete CFC-insulation coverage, finished
enamelled steel jacket and enclosure for contactors and controls and to accept electric
power at 400V, 3-ph, 50 hz. The controls shall include a thermostat and a manual reset
high temperature safety cut-off thermostat. The element, the thermostat and the anode
shall be flange mounted for ease of access and maintenance. The water heater shall be
supplied with a safety valve.

Westbay Villa
The water heaters shall have the following features and accessories:
- Built in magnetic contractors with 400 V holding coil including transformer,

control circuit switch, fuses, element ‘ON’ pilot light and externally mounted
toggle switch
-Factory fitted temperature and pressure relief valve.
-Replaceable long life alloy sheath element.
-Cold water diffuser

0
-Externally adjustable immersion thermostat. 10-70 C max – lockable in hot or
mid-range position
-Magnesium anodes
-Heating elements with stainless steel sheathing
-High limit control with manual rest
-Drain valve.
-1 meter of 3-core cable
3.12.6 Identification
All valves, plant and equipment installed shall be appropriate identified. The identification
system shall be agreed in details with the Engineer, but shall broadly meet the following
requirements:
A. Valves
Identification shall be provided on the valves by means of m e t a l o r plastic-coated

labels securely attached to each valve. The label shall be engraved with a number
indicating the service and the area isolated or regulated by that valve. Each valve number
shall be noted on the record drawings and record valve chart.
B. Plant and Equipment
Each item of plant and equipment (e.g. water heaters, etc), shall be provided with a
metal identification plate giving complete identification of the equipment in English and
Arabic.
3.12.7 Final Tests and Commissioning
1. General
The Contractor shall activate and operates the whole installation for a period of not
less than 48 hours, during which time all valves, heaters, fixtures, etc., shall be
operated as would occur in the normal operation of the installation for the full period
of this test. At the conclusion, the whole of the system shall operate to full
satisfaction of the Engineer. Testing generally shall be in accordance with BS CP
310:1965.
Westbay Villa
2. Pipework Pressure Testing
All pipework services shall be subjected to a test of 700 KN/m2 or one and a half
times working pressure whichever is the greater, for not less than 2 hours.
Where pipework is tested in sections, all valves shall be blanked off temporarily
using plugs or blank flanges. The valve wedge shall not be used to retain the water.
The Pipework services shall be charged with water allowing all air to escape and
avoiding shock or water hammer. The test pressure gauge shall be mounted within
the pipework system with a loop and cock and shall be calibrated such that the test
pressure falls above its mid-range.
The contractor shall carry out his own test first to ensure there are no leaks prior to
requesting the Engineer to witness the test. The witnessed test shall maintained for
a minimum of one hour without measurable loss and a without further pumping.
Pipework main laid in ground shall be tested for 24 hours and leakage shall be
measured by the quantity of water pumped into the main under test.
The Engineer shall witness all pipework tests. The contractor shall give the Engineer
a minimum of 24 hours notice of all tests. The contractor shall also provide test
sheets set out in an agreed manner for each pipework section to be tested.
3. Proving Tests
Prior to fixing on site, all water heaters shall be re-tested for water tightness
ensuring damaged equipment is not installed.
Each water service shall be cleaned down and thoroughly flushed out to remove all
dirt within the pipework system.
After the particular water service has been flushed out, refilled and pressure tested,
each tap and draw-off fitting shall be checked for satisfactory rate of flow. Particular
attention shall be given to groups of sanitary fittings to ensure satisfactory flow with
a number of taps open, also that is not drawn into any of the remaining taps or
fittings when opened.
4. Sterilization of Water Services
All pipe works, fittings and storage tanks shall be sterilized starting with the external
water supplies storage tanks and finally the water distribution system,
No sterilization shall be carried out until the system has been flushed out and
approval received in writing form the Engineer to begin sterilization.
The following procedure shall be adopted for sterilization of the water distribution
systems:
1. Flush out all tanks, pipework, etc.
2. Recharge all water systems adding sufficient sterilization chemical at the roof
tank to a concentration shall be confirmed by using a measuring instrument
approved by the Water Department.

Westbay Villa
4. SANITARY WARE INSTALLATIONS:
Sanitary ware shall be as specified in the contract documents. All sanitary ware shall be
installed in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions for conditions indicated and
as required to obtain a rigid installation. The location of each fixture and the fixing method
of ceramic fixtures shall be as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
After all fittings have been mounted and are ready for use and before completion, all fittings
furnished and mounted shall be thoroughly cleaned removing all plaster, stickers, rust, hair
and other foreign matter or discoloration of fixtures, leaving each and every part in perfect
condition and ready for use.
The Contractor shall take adequate precautions to ensure that the sanitary ware is not
damaged in any way before or after installations. Any piece of sanitary ware that is
damaged shall be replace at the Contractor's expenditure.
Testing Procedures
Just prior to handing over the building to the Client, each piece of sanitary ware shall be
tested. Each water closet shall be flushed twice and checked for leaks and any other
defects by the Engineer. Each basin and sink shall be filled to the overflow level and then
after running the water through the overflow for a minimum of 30 seconds, the plug shall be
removed or opened. Each of the above mentioned fixtures shall be inspected for leaks and
defects by the Engineer.
Any defects or leaks shall be repaired or in the case of the defect being chips or cracks or
other visible damage, the fixture shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Any sanitary
ware condemned by the Engineer for any other reason shall be replaced at the Contractor's
expense.
5. WARRANTY
The Contractor shall warranty for a period of 400 days after the Practical Completion of the
installation that all plant and equipment shall operate free of any defects due to defective
material or bad workmanship, and that any part found defective during this period shall be
replaced free of cost by the Contractor.
The contractor shall also guarantee the efficiency of performance of the plant and
equipment as per specification for a similar period of 400 days after the practical completion,
and if the services of Contractor’s personnel are requisitioned during this period such works
shall be made available free of cost to the client.
If the defects are not rectified within a reasonable period, the Client may proceed to rectify
these defects by another agency at the Contractor’s entire risk and expense without
prejudice to any rights of the Client.

Westbay Villa
6. LIST OF RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURERS

1. Pumpsets : PULLEN GRUNDFOS
HOLDEN & BROOKE
SARMSTRON
LOWARA
: KEY TERRAIN
2. uPVC Pipes and Fittings HEPWORTH
HUNTER
MARLEY REDI
WAVIN
4. Water Heaters : A.O. SMITH,
RHEEM AMERICAN MAKE
5. Water Filters : CULLIGAN
BRUNER
CARESS
AQUAMATCH
6. Copper Tubes : WEDNESBURY

YORKSHIRE
MULLER
7. Copper Fittings : WEDNESBURY

YORKSHIRE
TRIFLOW
8. Control Valves : NIBCO

PEGLER
CRANE
USA
KITZ
9. Supports : MUPRO
OR EQUAL & APPROVED

Westbay Villa
10. Insulation : IZOCAM

KIMMCO
AFFICO
OR EQUAL & APPROVED
11. Water Tanks : BALMORAL, SEKISUI, HISHI,
MITSUBISHI, BRIDGESTONE,
OR EQUAL & APPROVED
12. Fountain & swimming pool ARABI COMPANY – QATAR,

Nozzles, accessories OASE GMBH & CO. KG,
OR EQUAL & APPROVED
Note: For approval of materials equivalent to the specified, Engineer’s decision shall be final and
binding.
END OF SECTION

SECTION 20 DRAINAGE SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................... 1
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................................................. 1
1.3 CODES & STANDARDS ........................................................................................................ 1
2. INTERNAL DRAINAGE AND RAIN WATER PIPEWORK & FITTINGS ............................... 1
2.1 RAINWATER SYSTEMS AND ROOF OUTLETS .................................................................. 2
3. PIPEWORK INSTALLATIONS ............................................................................................... 3
4. EXTERNAL DRAINAGE......................................................................................................... 4
5. MANHOLES ............................................................................................................................ 4
6. MANHOLE COVERS AND GRATING ................................................................................... 5
7. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING FOR DRAIN PIPES ........................................................ 5
8. TESTING AFTER BACKFILLING .......................................................................................... 5
9. RECORD OF TESTS .............................................................................................................. 6
10. RODDING BEFORE HANDOVER.......................................................................................... 6
11. GULLY POT ............................................................................................................................ 6
12. SOAKAWAYS......................................................................................................................... 6
13. PIPES AND FITTINGS - WORKMANSHIP ............................................................................ 7
14. MANHOLES/SOAKAWAYS .................................................................................................. 11
14.1 CEMENT AND CONCRETE .................................................................................................. 11
15. COMMISSIONING AND TESTING ........................................................................................ 16
15.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................. 16
15.2 PROVING TESTS .................................................................................................................. 16
15.3 WATER TEST ........................................................................................................................ 16
15.4 AIR TEST ............................................................................................................................... 17
15.5 PROFILE TEST...................................................................................................................... 17
15.6 MANHOLE TEST ................................................................................................................... 17
15.7 WARRANTY .......................................................................................................................... 17

Westbay Villa
SECTION 20 - DRAINAGE WORKS

1. GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Attention is drawn to the General Specifications, the Qatar Construction Specification
(QCS) together with the additional particular clauses applicable to the Building Services.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of works covered by this specification shall include the whole of the labor &
materials Necessary to form “ Complete Installation “ of foul, waste and storm drainage,
irrigation, including commissioning and testing as described in QCS section 20
(Drainage Work for Buildings)
The Scope of Work shall include the following: -
1. Foul, waste and storm water drainage systems along with all associated manhole.
1.3 CODES & STANDARDS

The installation, materials, and all components shall comply with all statutory instructions
and Regulations current at the time of the tender whether so detailed or not, and shall
conform in all respects with the following: -
1. Qatar Construction Specifications
2. Safety Health & Welfare Regulations issued by the State of Qatar
3. Drainage Regulations issued by the Drainage Department
4. Uniform Building Code
5. All relevant British Standards
a. BSCP 2005 - Sewerage
b. BS 5572 - Code of Practice for Sanitary Pipe work
c. BS 8301 - Building Drainage
Should any conflict arise between the codes and the standards mentioned above, then
the Regulations issued by the State of Qatar shall take precedence.
2. INTERNAL DRAINAGE AND RAIN WATER PIPEWORK & FITTINGS

Internal above ground drainage pipework/fittings shall be UPVC to BS 5572 and internal
underground drainage pipework/fittings shall be UPVC to BS 4660. All pipework, fittings
and accessories shall carry Kitemark and be installed strictly in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall ensure that the UPVC used is of a
sufficiently high temperature rating to withstand the environmental conditions.
Waste pipes 50 mm and under shall be of UPVC or ABS to BS 5255. UPVC sockets shall
have an integral seal ring or alternatively solvent welded joints as required to suit the
installation requirement and allow for thermal movement between fixed points.
Joining of WC Outlet to UPVC
SECTION 20 – DRAINAGE WORKS 1

Westbay Villa
Joining of WC outlet to UPVC pipework shall be by means of either a straight or bent

connector as required complete with rubber seal ring and suitable connection for the
W.C. spigot outlet and shall be complete with the fittings and pipework.
UPVC Access Plates and Rodding Eyes
UPVC pipework shall be fully accessible with bolted full width access door incorporating
central bolt or bolted side fixing. A single 'Wye' fitting may be used having a screwed plug
on pipework below 50 mm O.D. Rodding eyes shall be screwed cap type with threaded
and gasketed joints.
Roof Terminals
Where pipework passes through the roof, adequate weathering precaution shall be taken
to ensure a water tight arrangement using weather apron. The pipework shall be
terminated 900 mm above the roof level with a UPVC cowl.
Floor Gullies and Cleanouts
Floor gullies and cleanouts shall consist of stainless steel grade 316 (unless otherwise
mentioned on the drawings) grating I frame, UPVC straight connector, UPVC lp' or IS'
traps (with gullies). Exact location of the floor gullies and cleanouts shall be coordinated
with the architectural tiling layout. Floor gully grating to be provided equidistant in one tile
space. Floor gullies and cleanouts installed with number of floor tiles cut unevenly will not
be acceptable. All floor gullies and cleanouts shall be set in concrete and installed as
shown on the drawings. Floor gullies / drain covers shall be of pressed stainless steel
construction of minimum size 150x150mm and to suit the floor tile sizes
Storage and Handling of UPVC Pipework
The UPVC pipework and fittings shall be stored preferably in air-conditioned stores or
storage space suitable for temperature limits of the material. UPVC pipework shall not be
stored in open air, unventilated spaces or under direct sunlight. Discolored and distorted
pipework will be rejected.
Soil & Waste Stack
Soil/waste stacks including the main Horizontal pipe to the sewer manhole shall be Bell &
Spigot cast iron pipes and fittings conforming to ASTM A74 and BS 416 Part 1 & 2.
2.1 RAINWATER SYSTEMS AND ROOF OUTLETS

1. Pipes and Fittings
Rainwater pipes shall not be encased in concrete columns or structural walls
Rainwater pipes shall be installed in casing or ducts that are accessible for
maintenance, repair and replacement.
Relevant regulations of BS 6367 shall be followed to ensure good performance of
the rainwater system.
BS 4514 UPVC soil and vent pipes, fittings and accessories and BS 4576 UPVC
rainwater goods may be used for rainwater system.
2. Underground and under slab rainwater drainage shall be as per these specifications
for building drainage system.
3. When jointing UPVC pipes a gap should left between spigot end of pipe and
shoulder of socket that it enters in order to allow for thermal movement.
UPVC pipes shall be with solvent weld sockets usable with seal ring adaptor.

Westbay Villa
4. Drive-in type UPVC clips complete with galvanized steel spike (171mm long) and
galvanized steel nuts and blots shall be used to fix pipes and fittings to the walls,
columns. Minimum stand off distance of 52mm shall be provided.
The clamps shall be gray, black or white colour as approved by the Engineer.
Alternatively, adjustable plastic coated steel holder bats shall be used to support
pipe or secure fittings.
5. UPVC pipes shall be connected to other materials, where applicable, with PVC
caulking bush, and special adaptors.
Rainwater pipes shall terminate with a shoe when discharging over a gully.
Roof / Balcony outlets shall be lacquered cast iron body, cast aluminium
dome/grating complete with fixing accessories.
3. PIPEWORK INSTALLATIONS
During installation of the internal drainage and waste system, the Contractor shall make
due allowance for the expansion of the Vulcathene I PVC pipework and fittings during
normal working conditions. Further allowance shall be made for solvent weld joining of the
above materials with regard to temperature and humidity.
The bores of all pipework shall be smooth and free from all burrs or obstructions; bends
wherever possible shall be of the long radius type. All connections between soil, waste,
vent or fixtures shall be made with approved connectors. The termination at high level of
all vent stacks shall be carried out with a vent guard.
All sanitary fittings which discharge directly to the foul drainage system shall be provided
with traps in accordance with BS 5572. Each trap shall be provided with a disconnecting
union for future removal and cleaning.
All fixtures and fittings draining into the internal drainage installation shall be fitted with
traps. In case of traps for sanitary fitments, e.g. wash hand basins, sinks etc., these shall
be of the deep seal type having a seal of 75 mm.
Sinks - 40 mm
Wash basins - 32 mm
Pipework shall be fixed accurately to approved falls, the gradient shall be consistent and
pipework shall follow a true line. Allowance shall be made for the rodding of the whole
installation, in addition to which, at all changes of direction, a rodding eye shall be
installed. The pipework shall be fixed to the walls using standard PVC coated mild steel or
PVC brackets of a screw-on type as recommended by the manufacturer.
The maximum spacing between supports shall be as follows:
Pipe Diameter (mm) Low Gradient Pipes (m) Vertical Pipes (m)
32 to 40 0.5 1.2
50 0.6 1.2
75 to 100 0.9 1.8
The Contractor shall provide access or rodding eyes wherever required to provide full
access to the system. The rodding eye shall be provided at the foot of all vertical stacks at
the point of connection to the underground drain pipe.

Westbay Villa
Access doors in suspended pipework within 0.5 m of the suffix shall not face upwards but
be located on the side or underneath the pipe. Where traps, access branches and access
doors are located above false ceiling, removable panels shall be provided.
No offsets shall be installed in pipework other than those indicated on the drawings,
without the consent of the Engineer. The offsets provided shall be sufficient to allow all
parts of the installation to be rodded in the event of a blockage.
Access doors provided shall be sufficient to allow all parts of the installation to be rodded
in the event of a blockage. The whole of the installation shall be tested in accordance with
the requirements of BS 5572, the tests being to the full satisfaction of the Engineer.
4. EXTERNAL DRAINAGE
The external drainage system consists of complete sewer system comprising of
manholes, soakaway pits and interconnected pipework. Pipework and fittings used in
external drainage installation are to be of extra strength vitrified clay to BS EN 295:1991
and BS 65: 1991. Pipework and fittings used in external surface water drainage shall be
UPVC to BS 4660 as indicated on the drawings. All pipework shall be laid with due regard
to the falls and invert levels set out on the drawings or as given on site by the Engineer.
All pipework is to be laid accurately with consistent gradients and following a true line.
All bends shall be of the long radius type. The bore of the pipework shall be clear of all
obstructions; further the Contractor shall ensure that, no cement or other substance which
sets hard when the contact with water is allowed, to remain in the installation. The
Contractor shall ensure that during backfilling of the excavations required to install the
external drainage no damage is caused to this installation.
Pipework passing through the walls or foundations shall be sleeved with UPVC of
sufficient size to allow clearance round the drain pipe. The gap between the drain pipe
and sleeves shall be caulked with mastic. Where drains pass through or below
foundations, flexible couplings shall be provided not closer than 150 mm or more than 300
mm from the face of the building.
The whole of the external drainage installation shall be tested in accordance with the
requirement of BS 8301, this shall be to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer.
5. MANHOLES
The Contractor shall provide manholes at the locations and to the sizes shown on the
drawings. Manholes shall be constructed in accordance with the detailed drawings and as
described in this specification.
Manhole chambers with depth upto one meter shall be constructed in sulphate resisting
concrete blocks of minimum strength 7.0 MN/m2 laid in bond and joined with a 3 : 1 sand
and sulphate resistant cement mortar and set on a 150 mm thick concrete base. The
block courses shall be laid even and uniform and broken blocks are not to be used except
for snap headers. Block cavities shall be filled with concrete and finished smooth with face
rendering. Manholes with depth more than one meter shall be cast insitu with reinforced
cement concrete as detailed in the drawings.
An in-situ concrete cover shall be constructed over the manhole to the size and thickness
shown on the drawings with a clear opening to suit the type of cover specified. The
opening being located to afford direct access onto the step irons.
Half channels with three quarter section bends shall be laid in the bottom of the manhole
with flexible joints on the drains immediately outside the manhole wall.

Westbay Villa
Concrete benching shall be formed to a fall of not less than 1 in 10 to the channel and
finished smooth with 12 mm thick 2: 1 sand and cement mortar trowel led with all angles
rounded.
External faces of structures shall be kept clear for inspection until they have been
approved by the Engineer.
Re-inforcing bars for cover slab shall be 12 mm diameter, high tensile or 16 mm mild steel
fixed at 100 mm centers with 25 mm cover from the underside of slab. The minimum
thickness of slabs shall be 150 mm.
6. MANHOLE COVERS AND GRATING

All manhole covers, frames and gratings shall be as detailed on drawings and shall
comply with BS 497. Heavy duty manhole covers shall be suitable for use in carriageways
carrying vehicles with wheel loads upto 11.5 tones. Medium duty manhole covers shall be
suitable for use in minor roads and other areas carrying slow moving commercial vehicles
with wheel loads upto 5 tones. Manhole covers shall have sizes and duties as shown on
the drawings. Two sets of lifting keys shall be provided for each type of manhole cover.
7. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING FOR DRAIN PIPES

The Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary for testing. Generally, the whole
installation shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of BS 5572 and 8301.
Before any test is carried out, the Engineer shall be given 24 hours notice. All defects
located shall be corrected before further work proceeds and the whole of the section of
work affected shall be re-tested. No section of drain shall be backfilled before it has been
tested.
Water Test for Drains
Testing shall be carried out before any pipes are hunched or surrounded with concrete. All
joints shall be exposed.
Drains should be tested in sections from manhole to manhole. Short branches connected
to main runs shall be tested at the same time.
The length to be tested shall be subjected to a static head pressure of not less than 1.5 m
at the highest point of the section being tested. After sufficient length of time has been
allowed for, the absorption of water into joints, the section under test shall be 'topped-up'
and the head maintained without apparent loss for not less than one hour.
Water Test for Manholes
All manholes shall be tested separately. The external faces of manholes shall be kept
clear until after they have been tested.
All inlets and outlets to the manhole shall be plugged and the manhole filled with water.
After a sufficient length of time has been allowed for the absorption of water into the
structure, the water level should be 'topped-up' and the water level should remain
constant for a period of time not less than one hour. Arrangements should be made for
the easy removal of water from manholes after the completion of tests.
8. TESTING AFTER BACKFILLING

After backfilling of drain trenches has been completed and consolidation has taken place,
all drains shall be retested as previously specified.

Westbay Villa
9. RECORD OF TESTS
The Contractor shall keep a proper record of tests carried out on the drainage installation
throughout the contract, recording date of test, by whom tested, witnessed and result; one
copy of the record shall be sent to the Engineer on completion of each phase of the
contract. Records shall be countersigned by the witness.
A final test of the whole installation shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer or
his representative at or about the completion of the contract. The satisfactory completion
of an earlier test during the progress of work shall in no way relieve the Contractor of any
of his obligations, and any defects found at the time of the final tests, or during the period
of maintenance shall be made good to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer.
10. RODDING BEFORE HANDOVER

Before the installation is handed over all drains, soil waste, vent and rain water pipes shall
be rodded and cleaned out. All traps shall be cleared of any collected debris and the
system shall be demonstrated to be operating in an efficient manner to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
11. GULLY POT

Gully pot shall be 450 mm diameter x 1050 mm deep internally and comply with the
requirements of B.S. 5911, except that gullies shall be manufactured from non-reinforced
concrete containing not less than 350 kg of sulphate resisting cement per cubic meter of
concrete. Gully gratings and frames shall be of ductile iron complying with BS 497.
12. SOAKAWAYS
Soakaways shall be constructed in accordance with tender drawings and shall have a
minimum internal depth of 2500 mm. Excavation and disposal of surplus earth shall be as
per general specifications for the purpose under Civil Works.
The precast rings shall be minimum 100 mm thick and shall have three evenly spaced
lifting points. The perforated rings shall be constructed with 75 mm diameter holes at 410
mm centers in rows spaced 300 mm apart vertically with each row symmetrically
staggered.
The soakaway shall be surrounded by granular material and shall infill the entire void
between the soakaway and the side of the excavation. The granular material shall be laid
and taped by hand in 300 mm layers and shall no where be less than 500 mm in width.
Borehole
The Contractor shall drill borehole at the bottom of soakaways for surface water drainage.
Size of borehole shall be 150 mm diameter. Borehole shall be taken to a depth of 20 m
below the bottom of soakaway or upto water table which ever is deeper, or as instructed
by the Engineer. Borehole shall be thoroughly flushed clean using compressed air and
clean water. The bore shall be lined to a depth of 2 meter below soakaway base and
extend minimum 500 mm above soakaway base. Bore hole lining material shall be
galvanized steel tube to BS 1775.

Westbay Villa
13. PIPES AND FITTINGS - WORKMANSHIP

1. Pipe Supports, Brackets and Hangers
All pipework shall be adequately supported in such a manner as to permit free
movement due to expansion contraction, vibration or other changes in the system.
Supports shall be arranged as near as possible to joints and changes in direction.
Spacing of supports shall comply with British Standard
BS 5572: 1978 Code of Practice for sanitary pipework, and maximum supports
centers as follows:
Soil Waste Overflow/Vent
Horizontal 1.00m 0.75m 0.75m
Vertical 2.0m 1.50m 1.50m
Vertical stack shall be adequately supported at the base to stand the total weight of
the riser. Under no circumstances shall branches from vertical rising pipes be the
means of support for the vertical pipework.
High temperature PVC waste pipework 32mm, 40mm and 50mm shall be supported
using stand off two piece clips screwed to the wall using round head zinc plated
wood screws. Pipe clips shall be plastic coated galvanized mild steel where
exposed to view and galvanized mild steel where concealed.
UPVC solid and ventilation pipework 82mm, 100mm and 150mm shall be supported
using two piece holder bats screwed to the wall using round head zinc plated wood
screws.
Brackets shall be galvanized steel and be rigid. Where soil and ventilation pipes are
suspended from the underside of slab, they shall be held rigid in position. Single
angle iron supports may be sued for pipework up to 500mm form underside of slab.
Double angle iron supports shall be used for pipework 500mm – 1000mm form the
underside of the slab. All supports shall be proprietary brand and manufactured from
galvanized steel. Double angle iron braces shall be installed on both single and
double angle iron supports at 6-meter centers for vertical and horizontal runs of
pipework and anchored as necessary.
2. Rodding Eyes
Rodding and cleaning eyes shall be provided as indicated on the contract drawings
and as required.
3. Vent Pipes
Vent shall be provided at horizontal trap-vent distance as follows, unless otherwise
shown on drawings:
Soil / Waste pipe dia.
Trap Vent distance (m)
(mm)
32 1.2
40 1.7
50 3.4
80 3.4
100 & larger 4.6

Westbay Villa
All vent-thru-roof pipes shall terminate 300mm above the pint of exit from the
service duct, or above parapet whichever is higher.
Vent for water closet shall be 50mm dia. minimum. Other vent sizes to be as shown
on drawing.
4. Jointing
Joints of UPVC and high temperature PVC shall be “O” ring and solvent welded.
Prior to jointing, all pipework, fittings and accessories shall be thoroughly cleaned.
Pipework shall be cut square, end chamfered and swarf and dust removed. Prior to
jointing, pipes and fitting should be checked for correct position and alignment and
marked to ensure accurate assembly.
Where “O” ring joints are to use pipes shall be marked for insertion depth, “O” ring
placed in ring seal prior to application of small quantity of lubricant or petroleum jelly
around the chamfered spigot end. The pipe shall then be inserted into the socket
joint and finally adjusted to the correct insertion depth.
Where solvent joints are to be sued, special care shall be taken to ensure both
spigot and socket are free from all dirt, grease and swarf. Solvent cement shall then
be applied liberally and evenly to both socket and spigot prior to inserting spigot into
socket. The joint shall immediately be cleaned of surplus solvent with a dry cloth
around newly formed joint.
Joining of W.C. outlet to UPVC pipework shall be by means of either a straight or
bent connector as required complete with rubber seal ring and suitable connection
for W.C. spigot outlet.
5. Laying Rigid Pipe
Each pipe immediately before being laid shall be carefully brushed out and
inspected for defects.
Pipes with flexible joints, except where concrete protection is provided as specified
hereafter, shall be laid on a well compacted bed of granular bedding material
extending for the full width of the trench and with sufficient material at the side to
permit the pipes to be worked into the granular material and firmly supported to true
line and level. Sufficient space should be left to enable the joints to be made, tested
and inspected but fully contractor shall ensure that at least three quarters of the pipe
length is fully supported. After the pipeline has been tested and approved by the
Engineer the trench shall be carefully filled to 300 mm above the crown of the pipe
with granular materials.
6. Laying Rigid Pipe
All operations involving the laying, bedding, joining, backfilling etc. of pipes plastic
materials shall be strictly in accordance with the manufactures recommendations
subject to the approval of the Engineer.
7. Marker Tape
Marker tape shall be laid 150mm above all sewerage and effluent pressure
pipelines. The marker tape shall be red, non-biodegradable plastic and inscribed
with the words
“DANGER – NON POTABLE WATER”, in both English and Arabic and shall be of a
type approved by the Engineer. Where specified in the Contract documents blue
marker tape as above shall be laid above potable water mains and inscribed with
the words “WATER MAIN” in both English and Arabic.
8. Setting out and Pipe Alignment

Westbay Villa
All pipes and pipeline shall be laid to the lines and depths shown on the drawings or
as otherwise directed by the Engineer.
All pipelines shall be laid accurately to line and gradient so that, except where
otherwise specified, the finished pipeline is in a straight line in both horizontal and
vertical planes. Where shown on the drawings or otherwise permitted by the
Engineer shall allow changes of direction achieved by deflection at joints within the
maximum permitted by the manufacturer. Where the angle of the bend required is
greater than that obtainable by joint deflection at joints then the manufactured bends
of the appropriate degree shall be used. Manufactured bends shall only used where
shown on the drawings or where otherwise permitted by the Engineer.
All pipelines forming part of a drainage system shall be laid to the specified line and
levels so that every pipeline lies in a straight line in both horizontal and vertical
planes between successive manholes on the line. No bends will be permitted other
than at manholes.
Every pipe shall be placed in position individually and shall be set out accurately to
the line and level required. All setting out to line and level of both pipeline and
individual pipes shall be achieved by methods approved by the Engineer.
Where pipelines of constant gradient are to be laid, the Contractor shall provide, fix
and maintain at such points as may be directed by the Engineer properly painted
sight rails and boning rods of pre-determined measurement for the boning in of
individual pipes to correct alignment. The sight rails shall be situated vertically over
the line of pipes or immediately adjacent to and there shall at no time be less than
three sight rails in position on each length of pipeline under construction to any one
gradient.
If the Contractor wishes to propose an alternative method of controlling pipeline
alignment, he shall submit his proposed method to the Engineer for approval.
9. Concrete Protection to Pipelines
All underground drainage pipework shall be surrounded with 150mm thick Grade
SRC 35 sulphate resisting concrete, along its entire length, in the following location.
a. All drainage below buildings or structural.
b. All drainage below roadways and parking areas with less than 600mm covers.
c. Drainage with cover of between 600mm and 1200mm, where there is
vehicular traffic over the ground above the drain line.
d. Elsewhere as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
The required depths of concrete bed and height of concrete backfill shall be as
indicated on the Contract Drawings.
Where a concrete bed and surround is specified, a minimum of 75mm blinding
of concrete Grade 20 shall first be laid over the full width of the trench.
The Pipes shall be laid, jointed and supported on precast concrete blocks,
which shall be separated from the barrel by 25mm thick timber packing.
After the pipeline has been tested and approved by the Engineer the top of the
concrete bed shall be thoroughly cleaned and additional concrete Grade SRC
35 carefully placed and compacted under and around the pipe to a height of at
least 150mm above the crown of the pipe.

Westbay Villa
Where pipes with flexible joints are to be surrounded, 13mm thick fiberboard
or polystyrene sheet shall be fixed at the pipe coupling joint extending for the
full cross section of the remaining concrete bed and surround, and accurately
cut to fit the profile of the pipe.
10. Pipelines Protection From Extraneous Material
The pipelines shall at all times be kept free of extraneous material and when work is
not in progress the open ends of the pipeline shall be securely plugged with an
approved watertight plug or stopper. Claw type plugs or any type liable to damage
the pipe will not be approved.
The Contractor shall clear the inside of each fitting and pipe length immediately prior
to jointing and shall swab all fittings and pipe lengths to remove all dirt, sand or
other matter that may contaminate the pipeline. The entire absence of foreign matter
from the completed line shall be a condition precedent to acceptance.
11. Trenches
All trench excavation shall comply fully with all the relevant clauses of QCS Section
20 and this specification.
Trench depths shall be sufficient to allow the installation of the required pipe
bedding, granular or concrete, as specified. Generally the depth of cover shall not
be less than 600 mm unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings.
Trench width shall be in accordance with the following table:
Nominal Pipe Bore

Minimum Width (mm) Maximum Width (mm)
(mm)
75 400 600
100 430 630
150 490 690
200 560 760
The maximum and minimum widths shall apply from the bottom of the trench to 300
mm above the crown of the pipe.
Should the trench be excavated to a depth greater than is required in the opinion of
the Engineer, the Contractor shall fill in the bottom of the trench to the required
depth with concrete or other such materials as the engineer may direct.
In the case of trench excavations made in roads, footpaths, verges, central strips or
within 5 meters of buildings, the Contractor will be required to execute the works so
as to minimize damage and disturbance. Vertical trench sides will generally require
support by timbering or other suitable means. Under-cutting of trench sides will not
be permitted.
12. Granular Bedding Material for Rigid Pipes
Granular bedding material for rigid pipes shall consist of gravel or broken stone and
shall be a suitable “all in” ballast or stone.
For pipes up to 1200 millimeters nominal bore the material shall be graded 12
millimeters to 5 millimeters all passing 12 millimeters and not more than 20 percent
passing 5 millimeters B.S sieve.
The minimum thickness of granular material below the barrel of the pipe shall be as
follows:

Westbay Villa
150 millimeters for pipes up to 600 millimeters nominal bore.

200 millimeters for pipes over 600 millimeters nominal bore and up to 1200
millimeters nominal bore.
300 millimeters for pipes over 1200 millimeters nominal bore.
In rock or mixed soils containing rock, boulders, large flints or stones or other
irregular bard spots the thickness of granular fill shall be increased by 100
millimeters.
13. Granular Bedding for Plastic Pipes
Granular bedding material for flexible pipes shall consist of coarse graded sand up
to 10 mm and shall not contain particles with sharp edges, which could cause
damage to the pipes. The minimum thickness of sand around the barrel of the pipes
shall be 100 mm.
14. Backfilling Excavation
After compaction of the granular bed and surround or completion of concrete
surround, the trench shall be backfilled using selected excavated material free from
all rocks, large hard on objects and builders debris of greater than 40 mm.
Backfilling shall take place immediately after the specified operations preceding it
has been completed and shall be in layers of 150 mm, each fully compacted over
the full width of the trench. Power rammers and vibrators shall be used to compact
backfilling when the cover over the crown of the pipe exceeds 0.5 meters.
14. MANHOLES/SOAKAWAYS
14.1 CEMENT AND CONCRETE
A. Cement
All cement used in all classes of concrete for drainage and sewerage works, whether
above or below ground level, shall be sulphate resistant cement, complying with BS 4027.
B. Granolithic Concrete
Granolithic Concrete shall be mixed using one part by weight of Portland cement to two
parts of clean granite chippings graded as table 1 of BS 882, to one part of sharp siliceous
and graded as Table 2 and clear water sufficient to form a stiff but workable mix and
provide a dense concrete.
C. Cement Mortar
Cement mortar shall consist of sulphate-resisting cement and sand gauged by volume in
suitable boxed in the proportions given.
Unless otherwise specified cement mortar shall be SRC Class No. 1
The ingredients of the mortar shall be mixed in an approved mechanical mixer or shall be
mixed together dry on a clean wooden stage until the mix is homogeneous in color. Water
shall then be added through a rose in sufficient quantity to give no more than stiff
workability. The whole shall then be turned until perfectly mixed.
Mortar shall be used within 30 minutes of mixing and shall not be remixed or worked up
again after it has stiffened. Any mortar that has commenced to set shall be removed from
the works.

Westbay Villa
D. Concrete Classification
Concrete Application Characteristic Strength
Grade (N/mm²)
SRC 30 30 Precast Concrete
Normal Reinforced concrete, binding
SRC 25 25 thrust blocks
SRC 25 25 Mass concrete hard standings
Mass concrete pipeline protection
SRC 20 20 and surrounds protection to taking
hollow blocks infill
E. Mix Proportion for Cement Mortar

Proportion by volume for cement
Cement Sulphate Resisting Sand Lime
No. 1 1 2 -
No. 2 1 3 -
No. 3 1 5 1
F. Rendering to Manhole Bedding

Rendering to manhole benching shall comprise a 12 mm thick layer of approved epoxy
mortar.
G. Manholes - General
Manholes shall be provided at all changes in direction, gradient or diameter.
The manholes shall be of the sizes and grades indicated on the Contract drawings and
fully comply with CED regulations and Q.C.S. Section 20.
H. Blockwork Manholes
Blockwork manholes shall be constructed on the drain lines in the positions and to the
dimensions indicated on drawings or as directed on site by the Engineer.
The type of construction for each chamber shall be as indicated on the Contract
Drawings.
Concrete blocks used for chamber construction shall be manufactured with sulphate
resisting cement and shall comply with the requirements of QCS Section. 13. Hollow
concrete blocks shall be filled solid with concrete Grade SRC 35.
Each manhole shall be built on a minimum of 75mm thick blinding of grade SRC 20
concrete which shall be laid on a dry clean firm foundation free from unsound material. If
the bed of the excavation is wet, the top surface of the blinding shall be coated with an
approved waterproofing material.
Foundation base slabs shall be cast in-situ. Mass concrete foundation slabs shall be of
concrete Grade SRC 35. Reinforced concrete foundation slabs shall be of concrete Grade
SRC 35.
Internal and external faces of the blockwork walls shall be finished with 12 mm thick SRC
mortar rendering Class 1.

Westbay Villa
All internal faces of manhole chambers except benching and vitrified clay channel fittings
shall be painted with one primer coat and two final coats of black bitumen coating
waterproofing solution to BS 3416, type 1 or equal and approved.
All exterior faces of manhole chambers shall be protected with 1000-gauge polythene
membrane with hardboard protection against damage during backfilling.
Where indicated on the Drawings, manhole cover frames shall be supported on solid
precast concrete bricks, manufactured from Grade SRC 35 concrete.
Reinforced cover slabs shall be provided where manhole access openings are less than
the internal dimensions of the manhole chamber.
The cover slabs shall be mounted by ductile or cast iron manhole covers and frames of
the quality specified. The covers in roads and paved areas shall be accurately set on
precast concrete brickwork to the level and slopes of the roads or pavements.
Manhole inverts shall be constructed of half section vitrified clay channels. Half section
vitrified clay channel branch bends shall be used for branch connections. Benching in
manholes shall be carefully formed according to the number, diameter and positions of
the incoming and outgoing pipes. The benching in the manholes shall have vertical sides
extending from the vitrified clay channels at least to the level of the crown of the highest
pipe. The benching shall be sloped towards the channels at a gradient of 1 in 10 or as
otherwise detailed on the drawings. The benching shall be rendered with a 12 mm
thickness of epoxy mortar rendering. The ends of all pipes entering and leaving the
manhole are to be carefully cut to shape to suit the internal dimensions of the manholes,
and shall project through on the inside, the benching being continued round the pipe to
form a fillet.
I. Precast Concrete Manholes
The base shall be cast in-situ and shall be Grade SRC 20 concrete to the dimensions
shown on the drawings.
The whole base including the outside surround to the pipes shall be cast monolithic.
Immediately before concreting, lengths of pipes to be built in shall be surrounded with a
layer of cement mortar No. 1
All chamber and shaft rings of the manholes shall comprise precast Grade SRC 35
concrete units as shown on the drawings.
The formwork for all precast concrete rings shall be purpose made in mild steel and shall
incorporate surface vibrators of adequate performance to ensure proper compaction of
the concrete. The forms must have provisions for allowing the casting in of the step irons.
All precast components for manholes shall be made in accordance with BS 5911 or
equivalent approved standard. Precast concrete components shall immediately after the
removal of forms, be sprayed with an approved curing membrane. Regular spraying with
water will not be an acceptable method of curing.
Where the Contractor does not own forms with surface vibrators for the production of
precast concrete manhole components he may, with the written approval of the Engineer
employ an approved method of hand compaction. If the Engineer gives such written
approval, this does not imply acceptance of the quality of the finished work.
The positions of lifting holes or eyes in precast components are to be approved by the
Engineer. Lifting holes are to be grouted up after construction of the manhole.
Step irons are to be positioned in the chamber shaft rings in such manner that the step
irons are vertically linear. The joints at each step iron shall be made watertight and strong,
free from any crack and if found otherwise the Engineer may reject the precast ring or
may instruct the Contractor to take any necessary measures to make the ring watertight.

Westbay Villa
The first step iron shall be fixed at a maximum of 600 mm below the cover level and the
last step iron shall be fixed at a maximum of 300 mm from the top level of the lowest
adjacent benching.
Step irons shall be staggered at 300 mm centers vertically and horizontally.
All joints between rings or slabs shall be made watertight to the satisfaction of the
Engineer with a bituminous mastic strip sealant as approved. The external face of the joint
is to be sealed with epoxy mortar.
A 150 mm thick in-situ Grade SRC 20 concrete surround shall be placed around the
manhole as shown on the drawings.
J. Chamber Rings
Chamber rings shall be manufactured from concrete Grade SRC 35.
Both internal and external surfaces of the chamber rings shall be coated with a solution of
bitumen refined from asphalted crude oil, the solution having total solids contents of
approximately 45% and a viscosity corresponding to a No. 4 Ford cup time of
approximately 30 seconds.
K. Soakaways
Soakaways shall be constructed using precast concrete manhole rings 1800 mm diameter
and shall have a minimum dept of 2.5 meters below invert of entry pipe and constructed to
BS 5911: Part 1- 3.
The precast concrete rings shall be made from sulphate resisting cement to British
Standard 4027:1980. The precast rings shall be a minimum of 100 mm thick with 75 mm
diameter perforations, space 30 mm vertically and 410 mm horizontally with each
symmetrically staggered. The bottom ring shall be set on a cost in situ concrete base of a
minimum 150 mm thick from concrete with a 300 mm diameter bore hole lining sleeve
cast in centrally as shown on the drawings. All rings shall be bedded in cement mortar
and the soakaway shall be surrounded by granular material. All soakaways shall also
comply with “Developer Drainage Guide” published by the Ministry of Public Works Civil
Engineering Department, Sewerage Division where applicable.
The granular infill shall extend 500 mm each side of the soakaways walls. The entire void
surrounding the soakaway walls shall be filled in layers of 300 mm each layer, tamped by
hand. The granular fill shall be clean crushed rock to the approval of the Engineer and
shall have grading complying with the following table.
At Sieve side passing (mm) Percentage by weight

200 – 150 100
100 85
50 30
25 5
The soakaway cover slab shall be reinforced precast concrete with cast iron cover and
frame as shown in the manhole schedule and complying with British Standard BS 497.
L. Manhole Covers and Frames
Manhole covers and frames shall be ductile iron and comply with BS 497 – 1976 and shall
be of the sizes and types as shown on the Contract Drawings.

Westbay Villa
In general, manhole covers and frames shall be one of three types, as follows, unless
otherwise specified:
Heavy Duty, to BS 497 Grade A
Medium Duty, to BS 497 Grade B1
Light Duty, to BS 497 Grade C
M. Heavy Duty
All manholes installed in roadways or trafficked and paved areas shall be heavy to BS 497
Grade A Reference MA 60. In paved areas, cover shall be recessed type or as per
Engineer’s requirements.
The cover and frame shall be made from ductile iron and the cover shall be of the loosely
bolted double triangular type with three point suspension to provide stability under load.
Such manholes shall incorporate double seal between cover and frame. Sealing groove
shall be filled with grease to provide airtight seal.
For diesel fuel fill chamber, cover shall be single, triangular, lockable, non rock to BS 497
Grade “A” 600 x 600 mm.
N. Medium Duty
All manholes installed external to buildings, but not in roadways or trafficked and paved
areas, shall be medium duty to BS 497 Grade B1.
The cover and frame shall be of grey or ductile iron and the cover shall be either
rectangular or circular as specified in the Manhole Schedule. Such manholes shall
incorporate a double seal between cover and frame. Following flushing out and testing of
the drainage system, the sealing groove shall be filled with grease to provide an airtight
seal.
O. Double Seal
Duplicate vertical “tongue in groove” relationship between a cover edge and frame. To
allow a double grease seal against the ingress of odour.
P. Light Duty
All manholes installed with buildings and not subject to motor vehicles or industrial trolleys
etc. shall be light duty to BS: 497 Grade C of the lockable type.
The cover and frame shall be made from ductile iron and shall incorporate a double seal
between cover and frame. Following flushing out and testing of the drainage system, the
sealing grooves shall be filled with grease to provide an airtight seal.
In those areas where it is required to accept a tiled floor finish; the manhole covers shall
be of the recessed type. In kitchens, or other areas subject to washing-down, manhole
covers and frames shall have stainless steel edging and trim. Double-cover units shall be
provided where specified in the Manhole schedule.
The Contractor shall provide two sets of lifting keys for each type of manhole.
Manhole covers and frames shall be as approved.
Q. Step Irons
Step irons shall be manufactured form galvanized malleable cast iron and shall comply
with BS 1247 and be of the general purpose or precast concrete manhole pattern as
applicable.
The tail length shall be 230 mm for both manhole types.

Westbay Villa
15. COMMISSIONING AND TESTING

15.1 GENERAL
All drainpipes shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of BS 8301 and the
requirements of section of 20 of the Q.C.S.
The Engineer shall witness all drainage tests. The Contractor shall give the Engineer a
minimum of 24 hours notice of all tests. The Contractor shall also provide test sheets set
out in an agreed manner for each drain section to be tested.
The Contractor having ensured that water, electricity and other necessary supplies are
available shall set to work the completed works or part thereof, at the instruction of the
Engineer, and make the necessary adjustments to ensure correct functioning.
After the installation or part thereof has been set to work and adjusted, the Contractor
shall demonstrate its operation at a time selected by and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. Tests shall be in accordance with British Standard BS 6700: 1987.
The test shall demonstrate: -
1. That equipment provided complies with the Specification in all particulars and is of
adequate capacity for its full rates of duty.
2. That all items of plant and equipment operate quite sufficiently to meet the specified
requirements.
3. That all instruments, protection and control devices, etc., are correctly calibrated
and accurate.
4. That all drainage runs satisfy the required water tests.
The details of method of carrying out the recording of tests shall be agreed with the
Engineer. The Client’s representative and the Engineer shall be at liberty to be present at
tests and to participate in the test. This shall not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibilities for carrying out the tests satisfactorily.
The Contractor shall make all the records during the tests and on completion thereof shall
provide the Engineer with a test report and record, both in triplicate. The Contractor shall
also provide all test instruments together with skilled supervision and adequate labor for
carrying out the tests.
15.2 PROVING TESTS
All under slab, underground drainage, soil and waste system shall be cleaned down and
thoroughly flushed out to remove all dirt within each pipework system.
After each system has been flushed and each draw off fitting opened and the drainage
soil and waste system shall be checked for satisfactory rate flow. Particular attention shall
be given to groups of sanitary fittings to ensure satisfactory flow when a number of fittings
are flushed and air not drawn into the system via any trap.
15.3 WATER TEST
All drains shall be tested before backfilling, immediately after the drain has been properly
laid on the correct trench bed and after joining materials has had time to set. A water test
pressure of 1.3 m head above the soffits of the drain shall be applied at the high end, but
not more than 2.4 m head at the low end. The test shall be carried out on lengths of drain
not less than half the distance between manholes, all to be agreed with the Engineer on
site. The lower end of the drain shall be plugged and the higher end shall have a stand
pipe not less than 1.2 m high. The drain shall be filled, taking care to eliminate trapped air.
After repair of leakage due to defective pipes, joints and plugs, the drain under test shall
be left for one hour to allow water absorption by pipes and fittings.

Westbay Villa
The loss of water over a period measuring vessel at intervals of ten minutes of noting the
quality of water required maintaining the original level in the standpipe. For drains up to
300 mm diameter, the water quantity added shall not exceed 0.06 liter per hour per 100
linear meters per millimeter of nominal bore of the drain under test.
All drains shall be tested for a second time as described above after correct bedding
cover and selected backfill have been consolidated and the finished surface complete.
15.4 AIR TEST
A gauge in the form of a “U” tube shall be connected to the plug fixed at one end of the
length to be tested and all junctions and connections to the sewer on drain shall be
plugged. Air shall then be pumped in form the other end of the drain ender test until a
pressure equal to 100 mm of water is indicated on the gauge. Without further pumping,
the pressure shall not fail more than 25mm during a period of five minutes.
Air tests shall be carried out after 3 pm and all pipework shall be shaded from the sun at
all times. Should an air test fail, a water test shall be carried out as described in this
Specification.
15.5 PROFILE TEST
A hardwood ball, of an approved profile, shall be drawn through all foul drains from
manholes to manhole and through branch foul drains before soil pipes; gullies and W.C’s
are filled. The diameter of the ball or profile shall differ form the nominal internal diameter
of the pipe by not more than 6mm or by not more than 4% of the nominal internal
diameter of the pipe, whichever is the greater difference.
During commissioning, all manhole cover shall be removed and water flow tests shall be
carried out to ensure that the drains are flowing at their designed capacity and that they
are free of debris.
15.6 MANHOLE TEST
All manholes shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of BS 8301 and the
requirements of section 20 of Q.C.S.
The Engineer shall witness all manhole tests. The Contractor shall give the Engineer a
minimum of 24 hours notice of all tests. The Contract shall also provide test sheets set out
in an agreed manner for each manhole to be tested.
All concrete manholes cast in-situ and precast concrete manholes shall be water tested
by plugging all necessary connections and filling the manhole with water to a minimum
height of 600 mm above the top of the benching. Water shall be added at ten-minute
intervals until absorption has ceased. No change of water level shall occur for an
uninterrupted period of three hours.
15.7 WARRANTY
The Contractor shall guarantee for a period of 400 days after the Practical Completion of
the installation that all plant and equipment shall operate free of any defects due to
defective material or bad workmanship, and that any part found defective during this
period shall be replaced free of cost by the Contractor.
All compressors up to 15 HP shall be guaranteed for a period of five years from the date
of Practical Completion. The Contractor shall also guarantee the performance of efficiency
of the plant and equipment as per Specification for a similar period of 400 days after the
Practical Completion and if the services of Contractor’s personnel are requisitioned during
this period such works shall be made available free of cost to the Client.

Westbay Villa
If the defects are not rectified within a reasonable period, the Client may proceed to rectify
these defects by another agency at the Contractor’s entire risk and expense without
prejudice to any rights of the Client.
15.8 LIST OF RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURERS
1. UPVC Pipes : KEY TERRAIN

HEPWORTH
MARLEY
SAPPCO
WAVIN
2. ESVC Pipes : Hepworth

Saudi Clay Pipes
3. Manhole Covers : Glynwed – BBI

Stanton
Brick House Broads
4. Floor Gullies and : Frost

Rain Water Outlets, Harmer
Grating , cleanout etc. Zurn
J. R. Smith
Wade
END OF SECTION

PROPOSED PALACE
(B+G+1+P.H)
AT
Leqtaifiya
IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS
November 2015
SECTION 28.2 – IRRIGATION SPECIFICATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. GENERAL .............................................................................................................................. 2
2. PRODUCTS............................................................................................................................ 7
3. PROTECTION ....................................................................................................................... 14
4. INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................... 15
5. SYSTEM TESTING ............................................................................................................... 18
6. FLUSHING ............................................................................................................................ 19
7. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ..................................................................................... 20
8. LIST OF RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURERS................................................................. 21

Eng.Adnan Saffarini QATAR ISLAMIC BANK
Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
SECTION 28.2 - IRRIGATION
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope
13 The purpose of this project is to supply, install and commission an automated irrigation
system with all related components consisting of remote control units, remote control
valves, control wires, piping, backflow preventors, valves, fittings, inline emitters, pump
systems, filter, and necessary accessories in all respects and in accordance with the
Project Documentation.
14 The installed irrigation system shall be in compliance to BS 7562 and the regulations as
given in referenced standards provided for the American W ater Works Association
(AWWA). W here regulations are equal or indistinguishable, the British Standard shall
comply.
1.2 Standards and References
References shall be made to all related International Standards Irrigation, and relevant
to Qatar National Construction Standards.
BS 7562 Planning, design and installation of irrigation

schemes
BS 7459 Rotating sprinklers for irrigation equipment
BS 5257 Specification for horizontal and end suction
centrifugal pumps
ASAE S398 Design, installation and performance of underground
thermoplastic irrigation pipe lines
ASTM A 126 Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,
Flanges and Pipe Fittings
ASTM A 536 Specification for Ductile Iron Casings
ASTM B 30 Specification for Copper-Brass Alloys in Ingot Form
ASTM B 61 Steam or Bronze Casting
ASTM D 2609 Standard specification for plastic insert fittings for
Polyethylene (PE) plastic pipes
ASTM D 2287 Non-rigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer
Molding and ExtrusionCompounds
DIN 8074 and DIN 8075 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipes for clean
water
ASTM 2657 Thermal Butt Fusion Welding Procedures
ISO 4427:1996 Polyethylene Pipes for Water supply- Specifications
ISO 11414:1996 Plastic Pipes and Fittings- Preparation of PE pipe
assemblies by butt fusion
1 References shall be made to relevant Qatar Construction Standards 2010 (QCS 2010).
2 In case of any discrepancy the most stringent requirement shall be applied and as
approved by Supervision Consultant.
SECTION 28.2 – IRRIGATION 2

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
3 The Contractor shall use the latest issued standard of any standards defined by
Specification.
4 The Contractor is responsible to provide, at no additional cost, one soft & hard copy of
all Standards defined by Specifications, to be available on the Site for Consultants.
5 The Contractor is responsible to prepare, at no additional cost, all the required
design/engineering drawings that are necessary to meet the intended facility
performance/requirements and function requirements.
6 The CONTRACTOR is responsible to identify, at no additional cost, any interfaces and
tie-in points between the existing (all packages) utilities and the new works.
7 The Contractor is responsible to prepare & produce, at no additional cost, all necessary
shop drawings, coordination drawings, and composite plan drawings that are required
for the successful execution & completion of the project.
8 The Contractor is responsible for design and execution of drawings inputs, at no
additional cost, that may be required for connection with the utility services and is
responsible, at no additional cost, for the coordination of such works on site.
9 The Contractor is responsible for correcting and implementing on site, at no additional
cost, any required drawings or documents that are found to be incorrect due to any
errors, omissions, misjudgments in the design and inadequate co-ordination with utility
services, the contractor is responsible to produce all necessary engineering drawings,
data sheets, shop drawings for completion of the work.
10 The Contractor is responsible for preparing and producing as-built drawings, at no
additional cost.
11 The Contractor is aware that the detailed design has been developed and tendered in a
good faith before obtaining the authority approvals (DC1, Civil Defense, Services
Approvals, DC2, Etc.) And some alterations to the detailed drawings might be required
to fulfill the authority review process and approval requirements. The contractor is
responsible for updating, at no additional cost, the design drawings, shop drawings and
as built drawings accordingly to suit the authority approvals requirements.
12 The Contractor/Suppliers shall be certified to ISO9000 wherever possible.
1.3 Drawings
1 The Tendering Contractor shall provide all necessary construction, co-ordination

drawings and certified manufacturer’s drawings for the works.
2 The drawings to be prepared and provided by the Tendering Contractor shall be of
recognised quality for their purpose and shall include adequate plans, elevations,
sections, schematics and other views as necessary to provide satisfactory illustration of
the services to be installed. The drawings shall be fully co-ordinated with all other
services and trades to ensure that they are co-ordinated with the building fabric.
3 The construction drawings shall be produced to the following scales:
(a) Schematics – not to scale

(b) External incoming infrastructure drawings not less than 1:200
4 The Tendering Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary dimensions
and information required for the preparation of the construction, co-ordination, certified
manufacturers, and builders work drawings.
5 The Tendering Contractor drawings shall be based on the latest drawings produced by
the Architect, or other Consultants appointed by the client.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
6 The Clients Design Team comments on construction drawings will not relieve the
Tendering Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of such drawings, nor of
responsibility to provide equipment suitable in dimensions, construction finish and
function for the location in which, and the purpose for which, it is provided and installed
in accordance with statutory/legislative requirements.
7 The Tendering Contractor must produce and issue all the drawings, for comments by
others. Sufficient copies of these drawings shall be allowed for this purpose.
8 The construction drawings shall be issued to the Contract Administrator for comment in
adequate time to allow for any amendments and revisions to be carried out without
affecting procurement procedures or contract programme.
9 An overall period of 14 working days will be required from receipt of drawings to the
issue of comments.
10 The Tendering Contractor shall be responsible for producing all necessary builders
work drawings in connection with the irrigation infrastructure installations. These
drawings shall include all details such as pipe connections, sleeves, chases, weights
and point loadings &etc. required to install the services within the contract.
1.4 Quality Assurance
1 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of irrigation equipment,

control systems, pumps, pipes and fittings whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than five (5) years and backed by a recognized local
agent or to the approval of the engineer. The manufacturer shall maintain a permanent
service organization with trained personnel which is required to render satisfactory
service within 24 hours of receipt of notification that service is required.
2 Installers: The installer of irrigation services shall have the technical qualifications,
experience and trained personnel and facilities to perform the specified work and shall
install all work to BS 7459 and BS 7562. Firms regularly engaged in the installation of
irrigation works of a similar quality and scope as this project and to be approved by the
Engineer.
1.5 Testing and Inspecting
1 The Contractor shall schedule and perform all tests and inspections required. Costs of
all tests and inspections and costs of retesting of rejected work shall be borne by the
Contractor until such tests meet acceptance and approval by the Engineer.
2 Tests and inspections shall be to BS 7562and BS 7459.
1.6 Maintenance and Operation
1 The Contractor shall operate and maintain the irrigation system throughout the
Maintenance Period, and shall provide staff in full time attendance throughout the
period.
2 The maintenance of the irrigation system shall cover all work necessary to adequately
operate and keep all irrigation equipment, valves, pipelines and appurtenances in
proper operating condition, all to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
3 Maintenance shall include but not be limited to the following:
(a) supply of irrigation water of suitable quality and adequate quantities to meet the
irrigation requirements. The Contractor shall arrange to obtain water from an
approved source. A full analysis of the irrigation water shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval and then at one month intervals thereafter during the
maintenance period.
(b) irrigation of areas forming part of the W orks at a frequency and depth as required
for very season in the maintenance period.
(c) maintenance and repair of all irrigation equipment, pipes, valves, and all
appurtenances; records shall be kept of all maintenance, repairs and operation
activities carried out during the maintenance period.
(d) the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer at the end of the maintenance period
a report which shall include details of the date, location and type of work
performed, all repairs and replacements, the amount of water applied and the
duration of each irrigation cycle, results of water analysis and all other relevant
information of work and activities carried out during the maintenance period.
4 Layout of the W ork

(a) the Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of all layout work
(b) drawings are diagrammatic to the extent that swing joints, offsets and all fittings
are not shown and shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to incorporate as
needed and as compatible or acceptable with other included items
(c) lines are to be in common trenches wherever possible
(d) remote controls valves shall be grouped wherever possible and aligned at a set
distance from road edges, footpaths, and buildings.
1.7 Submittals
1 Prior to start of any work at site the Contractor has to approach all Service Authorities
in Qatar to get their no objection for the work included in this contract and record
drawings for their existing services. Copy of these drawings and no objection certificate
should be submitted to the Engineer before starting the actual work at site.
2 Shop Drawings - The Contractor to prepare the project shop drawings in three (3) sets
of black hardcopies, one set colored hardcopy and a soft copy, which to be approved
by the Engineer representative prior to commencing installation work. The shop
drawings shall show but not limited to valves, control wires route and numbers,
controllers’ location and flow balancing. Please note that the contractor to make detail
survey of existing levels in the contract area. Trial pits should be taken at every 50
meter interval, mark all the existing services in reference to the road edge and building
line along with its depth from existing the ground level & the proposed Landscape finish
level. Contractor to check availability of all the existing ducts that are marked on the
tender drawings. Contractor to propose the route of Irrigation piping based this
information. All this information regarding trial pits, existing and proposed levels shall
be made available to the Engineer within mobilization period of the contract. All this
information shall be made available on hardcopy and in Digital format to the Engineer
as it is required for adjusting landscape and pipes/services alignment.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
Any delay to provide the above-mentioned information regarding trial trenches, existing
services and levels which affect the progress of works shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
The successful contractor shall submit shop drawings, for approval by the Engineer, for
the following:
(a) In case of any conflict between contract drawings and any existing or future
services which may necessitate re-routing proposed irrigation mains or laterals,
the contractor has to prepare the shop drawings accordingly and submit it to the
Engineer for approval. This should be considered as integral part of the contract.
(b) The pump/filtration chamber, mechanical, electrical, and civil works shop
drawings. Necessary modifications to the existing feeding chambers (civil and
mechanical). Valve chambers including valves, pipe works, and civil works.
Electrical control equipment with circuit diagrams.
(c) Details of mainline, profile drawings for mainline, lateral pipes and other typical
connections.
(d) Wiring diagrams including conduits, pull boxes, sizing and calculations to verify
that cable sizing is in accordance with Kahramaa regulations and equipment
manufacturer’s recommendations.
(e) Electrical power and control wiring diagrams for irrigation controllers, field wiring
and grounding.
(f) Sketch plans for rotor & spraysprinkler layouts.
(g) Detail of distribution valve chambers and any modification to the existing feeding
chambers.
(h) The approval shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibility under the
contract for successful completion of the work.
3 Product Samples: The Contractor shall submit samples of materials proposed for
installation for approval fourteen (14) days prior to starting any part of the Works
covered by this Project. The Contractor shall provide one of the following:
(a) plastic pipe and conduit, dripper/emitter distribution hose, 600mm length of each
size and type
(b) ductile iron pipe, 600 mm length of each size
(c) one of each valve chamber cover
(d) control wire, 600 mm length of each color, with schedule of color description
(e) sealing packet for waterproof control wire splices
(f) plastic fittings, one of each material type (one size only)
(g) drip lateral fittings, one of each type for each pipe size
(h) control valves complete with solenoid valve assembly, one of each type
(i) controller chart, one typical
(j) backflow preventer.
4 Operation and Maintenance Manuals – The Contractor shall submit four (4) sets of
black hard copies, one set colored hardcopy and a soft copy of detailed Operation and
Maintenance Manual and one (1) softcopy with equipment reordering codes and
literature.
5 As-Built Drawings – The Contractor shall submit three (3) sets of black hardcopies, one
set colored hardcopy and a soft copy of the complete project As-Built drawings
reflecting the actual site installation.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
6 Calculation – The Contractor shall submit a friction loss calculation for the irrigation
system installed including a full system flow balance calculation.
7 Guarantees – The Contractor should submit manufacturer & supplier material
guarantees for materials submittal as specified in the material specification.
8 All catalogue cuts, diagrams, samples, drawings and such other data may be required
to demonstrate compliance with the specification.
9 Shop Test Reports: Contractor shall provide two (2) copies each of shop test reports
for control system.
10 Controller Charts: The Contractor shall prepare a controller chart showing location of all
valves, main lines, the route of control wiring and the source of electric power supply.
The chart shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The Engineer must approve
As-Built drawings before charts are prepared. A controller chart shall be provided for
each Remote Control Unit (RTU) installed, showing the area covered by the RTU. The
chart is to be a drawing of the actual As-Built system. The chart will be a black-line print
with different highlight colors added to indicate areas controlled by each circuit. When
completed and approved, the chart shall be hermetically sealed between two (2) pieces
of plastic. The chart must be completed and approved prior to the final inspection and
hand over of the irrigation system. The chart shall be affixed inside of the RTU
enclosure door using approved mastic or fastening system.
11 RTU Operating Program: The Contractor shall work out in detail a complete operating
program for the RTU, including station operation duration and sequencing, based on
the criteria provided in the approved shop drawings and the design analyses, in
consultation with the Engineer for landscape maintenance.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Control System
1 Remote Control Unit (RTU) shall be automatic irrigation, solid state electronic computer
controllers housed in a weather proof, lockable cabinet and mounted on a lockable
pedestal and shall comply with BS 7562. Controller cabinet and pedestal shall be
corrosion resistant epoxy painted steel with steel hinged doors and master-keyed locks.
2 Each RTU shall have the following features and characteristics:
(a) 4 stations outdoor controller with timing capability of 0-99 minutes (in 1- minute
increments) or 0-9.9 hours (in 0.1 hour increments) per stations. Stations shall
have multi-valve operation capability for up to four (4) 24 VAC solenoid valves
and shall have independent station programming
(b) sequential station operation with automatic starts of up to four (4) per day for each
station. The programming schedule shall be based upon a variable 8-day cycle
for every day, every other day, every third day, etc. Single station operation,
station advance key and manual override operation shall be provided
(c) water budgeting system whereby the timing for all stations may be varied from 25
% to 200 % (in 25 % increments) of the set program for all stations, with one
programming entry
(d) remote master control capability such that all RTU may be linked (in the future) to a
centralized master programming controller

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
(e) electrical characteristics: Input required - 230VAC, 50 Hz; Output - 26.5 VAC, 50
Hz, 1.9A; circuit breaker - 1.5A holding, 2.5A break; UL listed and tested.
Controller shall have primary lightning electrical surge protection
(f) power failure program-protection backup shall be provided by a (rechargeable)

NiCad battery and trickle charging circuitry to maintain the irrigation program for
up to 24 hours during primary power failure. Controller shall also have a built-in
watering schedule to operate each station twice per day (12 hours apart) for 5
minute duration when the irrigation program is lost due to extended power failure.
3 RTU pedestal should be as shown on the drawings or approved equal.
2.2 Site Piping System Material
1 Individual types of pipe, hose, and fittings supplied are to be of the same manufacturer
unless otherwise approved.
2 All pipework shall be free of blisters, internal striations, cracks, or any other defects or
imperfections. The pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with the
manufacturer’s name, material type, size, schedule or class, and quality control
identifications. All main lines and lateral pipes shall be factory colored white for non-
potable waterline identification.
3 Pipes shall be High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE). HDPE pipes shall be
manufactured in accordance with DIN 8074 and DIN 8075 for clean water.
4 HDPE pressure pipes shall have a maximum standard dimension ratio of SDR 11. SDR
shall be defined as outside diameter divided by wall thickness.
5 HDPE pipes shall have a minimum Class PE 100 and have a minimum pressure rating
0 0
of 16 bars (PN 16) at 20 C (de-rated to PN11 at 45 C) unless otherwise specified on
drawings or in Bill of Quantities.
6 HDPE pipe shall be supplied in standard lengths, unless otherwise specified, detailed
or required on the approved plans. Field cut lengths of pipe used as closures may not
be shorter than 0.75 metre in length, and must be approved by the Engineer.
7 Fittings and joints shall be as follows:
(a) HDPE pressure pipe fittings shall be injection moulded HDPE with the same
Class, material type, SDR and pressure rating as the pipe to which they are to be
connected. All joints between HDPE pipes and fittings shall be butt fusion welded
as specified above. The fittings when connected to the main pipe shall provide an
integrated system capable of withstanding the working and test pressure as
prescribed in Section 8.4.5.5 of QCS 2010.
(b) All joints between HDPE pipes to be made by “Thermal Butt- Fusion W elding” in
accordance with ASTM 2657. Jointing shall be carried out by a Certified Butt
Fusion W elding Tradesman under the Pipe Manufacturer’s Supervision.
8 Pipe connection materials shall be as follows:
(a) Adhesive solvent, primer, and lubricant, shall be as recommended by the

manufacturer
(b) Joint compound for threaded connections shall be Polytetraflouroethylene (PTFE)
tape or approved equal
(c) All cans of solvents and primers shall have labels intact and shall be stamped
with the date of manufacture. The content of cans dated over two years old will
not be permitted
(d) No thinning of solvent or primer in any manner whatsoever will be permitted

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
(e) All bolts shall be Type 316 stainless steel, size and length as required
(f) Gaskets shall be as recommended by the equipment manufacturers.
2.3 Isolation Valves (IV)
1 Isolation valves for 50 mm diameter mains and smaller shall have a body complying
with ASTM B 61 bronze, or ASTM B 30 copper alloy 908 or alloy 954. They shall have
a non-rising stem, double wedge disc and a threaded inlet and outlet. Valves shall be
rated for 1.5 MPa working pressure and have the capability of being repacked while
under pressure. Operation of the valves shall be by a hand-wheel.
2 Isolation valves of 63 mm size and larger shall be the non-rising stem, outside screw
and yoke type with cast or ductile iron body and bronze trim. Ductile iron shall conform
to ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18 and cast iron to ASTM A 126, Class B. Valve spindles
shall be stainless steel complying with ASTM A 479, Type 316. Valves shall have a
solid wedge bronze or brass disc quipped with operating nut (unless otherwise
approved) and a flanged inlet and outlet. Valves shall be rated for 1.5 MPa water
working pressure and have the capability of being repacked while under pressure.
3 The rubber or wedge in sealing rings and the like shall be of a synthetic quality which
can withstand storage in the Qatar climate for at least five years and shall be suitable
for the water qualities specified.
2.4 Remote Control Valve (RCV)
1 The remote control valve shall normally be the closed 24 VAC, 50/60 cycle, solenoid
actuated globe pattern diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate ranging from 0.3
to 12.5 liters per second. The valves pressure rating shall not be less than 1.4 MPa.
2 The valve shall be of the slow-closing, solenoid type, with a manually operated flow
control stem. The valve body, bonnet and cover shall be constructed of brass. The
valve diaphragm and disc shall be constructed of reinforced nylon.
3 The valve shall be a pressure regulating type. The valve shall be capable of
maintaining a constant downstream pressure regardless of inlet pressure variations.
4 The valve shall have a self-flushing nylon screen to protect the internal orifices from
contamination.
2.5 Quick Coupling Valve (QCV)
1 Quick coupling valves shall be single piece construction brass and have solid brass
hinged covers.
2 They shall have a 25 mm female iron pipe size connection.
3 They shall be vinyl-covered. The vinyl shall be yellow in color.
2.6 Flush Valve (FV)
1 Flush valve shall consist of a molded PVC ball valve with CPVC ball and stem seat, 19
mm diameter with threaded connections.
2.7 Check Valve (CV)

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
1 The valve shall be having constructed of Brass, Cast Iron, Ductile Iron and stainless
steel materials, 100% non-corrosive.
2 The valve shall allow flow in one direction by the action of a spring loaded flap which
closes against a rubber seal.
3 The spring and the flap shall be connected via a moment arm in order to ensure that
the spring pressure is maximum when the valve is closed.
4 The valve shall have a pressure rating of 16 bars and shall have an external position
indicator.
5 The valve shall be available in 50mm, 75mm, 90mm, 110mm, and 160mm size.
2.8 Gate Valve (GV)
1 Gate valves shall be designed for a working pressure of not less than 10 bars and
water operating temperature of 45°C.
2 Valves shall be the same size as the incoming line size with a clear waterway equal to
the full nominal diameter of the valves and shall be opened by turning
counterclockwise.
3 The operating nut or wheel shall have an arrow cast in valve indicating the direction of
opening.
4 Valves smaller than 110mm shall be all bronze or brass conforming to BS or ASTM
with screwed end connections. Valves 110mm and larger shall be cast iron body, and
shall conform to BS or ASTM with flange end connections.
2.9 Backflow Preventer (BP)
1 Backflow preventers shall have an all-bronze body.

2 They shall be the reduced pressure principle type with gate valves and strainer suitable
2
for a supply pressure up to 1.2 N/mm and water temperature up to 60 °C.
2.10 Ball Valves
1 Ball valve for 50mm diameter size and smaller shall have a durable PVC body and
stem with impact-resistant Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) handle, rapid ¼-turn on/off
control, self-adjusting seals to compensate for water and a “pre-loaded” Ethylene
Propylene Diene Monometer (EPDM) stem seal for longer life.
2
2 They shall have an operating rating of 1 N/mm at 15.5 °C.
2.11 ‘Y’ Strainers
1 The ‘Y’ strainer shall be made of brass and shall have threaded connections.
2 It shall be fitted with a polyamide screen of 100 micron mesh.
2.12 Boxes
1 All boxes shall have the following common characteristics:
(a) they shall be green or grey in color

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
(b) they shall be constructed of fiber glass reinforced plastic or concrete with cast iron
trim, as approved by the Engineer
(c) box sizes shall be adequate for the proper function of item housed including
allowance for future component replacement
(d) all writing shall be molded into the lid material
(e) the writing shall be in black enamel and shall be in Arabic and English the
minimum height of letters and numerals shall be 38 mm.
2 Backflow preventer boxes shall be rectangular boxes with a lockable cover. They shall
have “IRRIGATION VALVE” written on the cover.
3 Emitter boxes shall be molded polypropylene construction with twist-lock cover. They
shall have “IRRIGATION WATER - DO NOT DRINK” written on the cover.
2.13 Dripline or In-line Emitter System Material
1 Dripline shall be 16mm outside diameter pressure compensating and extra flexible
tubing for fast & easy installation.
2 The tubing shall be dual-layered (brown over black or purple over black in color for non-
portable water) to provide unmatched resistance to chemicals, ultra-violet damage and
algae growth.
3 The drip line shall be installed at grade level, just below grade level, or under mulch.
4 The pressure-compensating inline emitter tubing should have 0.7 to 4.1 bar operating
and flow rates of 2.3 L/hr and 3.5 L/hr with a required filtration of 120 mesh.
2.14 Irrigation Electrical Materials
1 Electrical materials for irrigation purposes shall comply with the relevant provisions of
Section 21, Electrical W orks.
2 Electrical wiring, unless shown otherwise, and all control conductors shall be solid
copper, 600 volt AC, to BS 7562 or National Electrical Manufacturing Association
(NEMA) Standards.
3 Low voltage cables shall be suitable for direct burial.
4 Non-degradable marker tape shall be laid at a depth of 300 mm below finished grade
over the entire route of the underground wiring system.
5 The Contractor is responsible for calculating the cable sizeconfigurations required and
cable drawing route &layout shall be provided by the Contractor.
6 The cable shall be approved for use by the manufacturer for the environment within its
operation.
7 All cablesshall be ducted into position, ducts shall be to EN1401 – BS3506, and shall
determined and supplied by the Contractor complete with necessary chambers and
draw chords.
8 All cables will be UV resistant and have a temperature operating range suitable for the
climate in State of Qatar.
9 Electrical cables will be jointed/established using approved national techniques and as
per manufacturer’s instructions.
2.15 Signage

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
1 Unless noted otherwise, all identification signs shall read in Arabic and English.
2 Construction of signage shall be porcelain-enameled steel. Colors, size and placement
or mounting system shall be as approved by the Engineer.
3 Signage identification shall be provided for RTU enclosures with the wording
“IRRIGATION CONTROL EQUIPMENT” and enclosure number.
4 Control valves shall be identified with a brass label engraved with valve tag number
and shall be attached to valve with copper wire.
2.16 Irrigation Pump System
1 The irrigation pump must be a pressure booster setand shall comply with the relevant
provisions of BS 5257 and with the QCS 2010, Section 19, Plumbing Works.
2 The irrigation pump shall be a booster set that should meet the peak irrigation water
demand and shall have minimum residual pressure of 3 bars at the farthest solenoid
valve.
3 The booster set shall comprise variable speed duty/standby pumps, control panel with
auxiliary contacts, pressure vessel, valves, digital pressure & temperature gauges, inter
connecting pipe, and others as shown in the drawing.
4 Materials of Construction:
(a) Pump
The pump system shall composed of three (3) vertical multistage centrifugal
pumps (booster pump set) fitted with standard motor.Each pump should consist of
a base and a pump head. The chamber stack and outer sleeve shall be secured
between the pump head and the base by means of staybolts.
The pumps shall be equipped with mechanical shaft seal.The base shall have a
suction and discharge ports on the same level (in-line) and of the same port size.
Pump head and base should be made of cast iron with stainless steel shaft,
impeller, chamber, and outer ring. All other hydraulic parts of the pump must be
made of stainless steel.
Pumps shall perform the specified duty at a maximum ambient temperature of

52ºC.The pump unit should be fitted with variable frequency drive and other
necessary accessories for safety operation.
(b) Motor
Motors shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled (TEFC) rated 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz,
A.C. system, and should have a minimum Class ‘B’ insulation.
All motors should suit the maximum temperature of air passing over the motors
and the additional temperature rise caused by exposure to the sun.
All motors brought to site not complying with the above mentioned voltage and
insulation requirements shall not be accepted.
(c) Manifold
Suction and discharge manifolds shall be made of galvanized iron (GI) pipe,
Schedule 40. Such manifolds should be fitted on the suction and discharge side of
the pumps.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
Gate valve shall be fixed between the suction manifold and the individual pumps.
While a gate valve and non-return valve shall be fitted between the discharge
manifold and the individual pumps as shown in the drawing.
(d) Control Panel
The control panel shall be built-in with all necessary components (e.g. with a fan to
remove the surplus heat generated by the frequency converter).
The control panel should be mounted on its own steel angle base frame. This shall
be suitable for floor mounting.
The cable supplied shall allow the control panel to be placed up to 2 meters from
the pump system.
The control panel shall be provided with auxiliary contacts for integration to
Building Management System (BMS).
(e) Pressure vessel
The pressure vessel shall be made of steel construction with replaceable bladder
for alimentary use, flexible enough to allow full expansion inside the tank.
The internal surface of the vessel should be coated with epoxy polyester resin
ideally suitable for potable and non-potable water application.
The vessel shall be pre-charged with nitrogen to the correct pressure at test stage.
2.17 Quick Coupling Valve Equipment
1 Coupler swivels and quick coupling valves must be compatible and from the
samemanufacture.
2 Couplers shall be 38mm brass key fitted with a steel handle to fit the specified valve.
3 The hose swivel shall be 38mm x 18mm female by male thread, all brass construction
with “O” ring seal, and have a full 360° swivel action in any direction.
4 The valve lid key shall be steel construction, tee-shaped, with a square lug.
5 Control valve keys shall be constructed of solid steel, cadmium plated, and have a
shaft length of 750mm.
2.18 Enclosure Keys
1 Manufacturers of listed equipment shall provide keys and all keys shall be permanently
and legibly identified to the related service.
2 All control system enclosures shall be keyed alike.
3 The Contractor shall provide keys for both RTU enclosures and quick couplers in the
numbers as specified in the Project Documentation or as agreed by the Engineer.
2.19 Maintenance Equipment

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
1 The Contractor shall provide twenty-five (25) lengths of QCV hose in 25 meter lengths,
coupled each end.
2 The hose shall be of 18mm nominal diameter, green in color, industrial weight, double
nylon cord, reinforced hose, with heavy duty, long shank and machined brass
couplings.
3 The working pressure shall be 1.4 MPa (minimum).
2.20 Testing Equipment
1 The Contractor shall provide plastic water sampling containers with a screw-on lid
capable of secure and watertight fit. The containers shall have a minimum capacity of
one liter and each shall be provided with a self-adhesive identification label.
2 Backflow prevention device test kit: The Contractor shall provide one (1) complete test
kit as recommended in writing by the backflow prevention device manufacturer.
3 Emitter line pressure testing assembly shall be provided by the Contractor to include
the following:
2
(a) hermetically sealed pressure gauge: the gauge shall be dual reading in kg/cm
and psi with 50mm diameter face, shatter-proof lens, neoprene cover and
molded-in diaphragm; bottom connections shall be standard 6 mm threaded
brass
(b) fittings
(c) cast bronze hex reducer: 18mm male iron pipe thread by 6 mm female iron pipe
thread
(d) cast bronze coupling: 18mm female threaded
(e) red brass nipple: 18mm diameter, male threaded both ends and have a minimum
length of 150mm.
3. PROTECTION
3.1 Handling and Shipping
1 All materials shall be handled and shipped or otherwise conveyed in such a manner as
to assure no damage.
2 All boxes shall be securely sealed and clearly marked with the name of the
manufacturer.
3 All pipes shall be protected from crimping, crushing, and splitting.
4 All non-metallic system components shall be protected from sunlight exposure as per
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.2 Storage and Installation
1 Work and materials shall be protected from damage during storage, and
installation/construction.
2 Particularly non-metallic pipes and fittings shall be protected from direct sunlight during
storage.
3 Facilities of the necessary dimensions should be provided and maintained for storage
and all non-metallic irrigation materials in their entirety.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
4 Pipes that have been damage or dented shall not be used in this work.
5 Special attention shall be given to storage, handling, and installation of the control
system components thus, protection shall be provided as per manufacturer’s written
recommendations.
3.3 Existing Services
1 The Contractor shall determine the location of underground utilities and perform work in
a manner which will avoid possible damage.
2 The Contractor shall hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to
underground utilities.
3 The Contractor shall maintain grade stakes set by others until all parties concerned
mutually agree upon their removal.
4 Existing roads and footpaths shall not be cut during trenching and installation of pipe
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
5 The Contractor shall inspect all products for damage immediately before installation.
6 Any products that are found to be damaged or not in accordance with the specifications
shall immediately be repaired or removed from the site and replaced. Repairs shall not
be undertaken without the Engineer’s approval of Contractor’s proposed action.
4. INSTALLATION
4.1 Setting Out
1 The Contractor shall layout and provides verification of irrigation system installation as
follows:
(a) verify all horizontal and vertical site dimensions prior to staking
(b) stake-out the location of all pipework, valves and other irrigation works
2 The Contractor shall not relocate any existing construction without first obtaining the
Engineer’s approval. The Contractor shall remove and relocate such items, at his
expense, if so directed by the Engineer
3 Before starting work on irrigation system, the Contractor carefully check all grades to
determine that work may safely proceed.
4.2 Connection to Existing Services
1 The Contractor shall coordinate and provides water and electrical connection points as
follows:
(a) connections to water sources
(b) make all connections to electrical panels or transformers
2 The Contractor shall be responsible for making connections to existing piping, valves,
conduit, and appurtenances utilizing proper adaptation tools and procedures.
4.3 Installation of the Control System (Remote Control Unit)

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
1 The RTU pedestal shall be secured to a concrete pad with anchor bolts.
2 The Contractor shall take care to avoid chipping, cracking, or otherwise marring the
finish of enclosure when securing to the concrete pad.
3 A sign as, specified under Clause 2.18.3 of this Part, shall be fixed to the RTU.
4 The Contractor shall install RTU enclosures in locations approved by the Engineer in
strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
5 All incoming wires (clearly marked with identification markers) shall be left unconnected
until the installation is inspected and approved by control system manufacturer or his
authorized representative.
6 The control wires shall be attached to appropriate terminals in the approved manner.
4.4 Installation of Site Equipment
1 Isolation valves shall be installed in individual boxes and placed no closer than 300mm
to paving or structures.
2 Quick coupling valves shall be placed no closer than 300 mm to paving or planter walls.
3 Solenoid/remote control valve assemblies shall be grouped together where practical.
They shall be placed no closer than 300 mm to paving and housed in an individual box.
4 Boxes for valves and valve assemblies shall be placed in a neat and orderly fashion as
follows:
(a) set top of all boxes parallel with grade and as detailed
(b) place parallel to paving, curbs, walls or similar structures and in case of more
than one box, parallel to each other
(c) cover box base openings with fiberglass matting; the dimensions of the matting
shall be as required to block all soil intrusion
(d) review all box locations with Engineer prior to installation of valves
(e) valve boxes shall not rest or come in contact with valve, piping, hose or conduit.
4.5 Installation of Electrical Works
1 All electrical work shall be in conformance with Qatar General Electricity & Water
Corporation (QGEWC) Regulations which inclusive of the following:
(a) make all connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s specifications
(b) allow 150 mm of extra slack wire at all connections
(c) make all electrical connections with specified terminals
(d) ground all electrical enclosures and equipment
(e) secure specified wire markers on all wires at both ends, clearly indicating circuit
number or function
(f) provide corrosion resistant, sunshield, when required to protect Remote Control
Unit (RTU) from direct sun rays
(g) before connecting subject all wiring to testing. Replace wiring failing test and
retest to satisfaction of the Engineer.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
2 All control system equipment shall be installed exactly as per manufacturers
requirements and as per any relevant national codes of practice and byelaws,
particularly electrical.
3 The control system shall be installed within the designated areas.The Contractor shall
include all necessary cables, ducting,and clipping where required.
4 Control system wiring shall comply with the following:
(a) make connections to terminals after written notice to proceed from the Engineer
(b) install all wiring entering controller enclosure, valve and electrical boxes in short
run of concrete encased ducts
(c) direct burial of signal wire shall be made in same trench as irrigation piping,
securing wire to pipe at 3 meters internals
(d) splices in raceways or in direct burial runs are not allowed.
5 Control valve wiring shall be spliced utilizing specified epoxy packets in valve boxes.
Dead-end control wiring shall comply with the following:
(a) where indicated on the drawings, all dead-end wiring shall have an additional
length of 1.0 m and shall be insulated to the satisfaction of the Engineer
(b) provide protective boxes for all dead-end wiring as required and as directed by
QGEW C and/or the Engineer; where possible group dead-end wiring to be
protected in same box
(c) identify and properly mark all protective boxes to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
6 Cable shall be installed in such a manner that ensures that it is not stretched/
scraped/damaged/laid down under tension. The cable will be installed within a suitable
ducts with necessary draw points as required.
7 Cable shall be laid to a minimum depth of 600mm in mainlinetrenchlines.
8 Wiring under streets, driveways and other vehicular areas, and under walkways, plazas
and other hardscape areas shall be installed as specified in Section 6, Roadworks:
9 For concrete pads, chambers and ducts, the Contractor shall:
(a) confirm exact location to the Engineer prior to pouring
(b) in paved areas, make the top of box flush with top of finished paved surface, and
suitable for bearing the intended traffic
(c) in soil areas, the top of chamber shall be set at 25 mm above finish grade.
4.6 Installation of Irrigation Pump
1 The installation of pump system shall be undertaken by competent Specialists

experienced in such work.
2 Pump system shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer’s
recommendations and in an accessible location such that they may be readily
maintained.
3 The pump system must be installed in a well-ventilated room to ensure sufficient
cooling of the control panel and pumps.
4 Pump system shall be fully mounted. Measures to prevent vibration shall be taken
necessary.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
5 Pump system shall be fitted in low speed and quite in operation.
6 The pump system shall be installed and housed adjacent to the water tank.
7 No pump system, required to increase pressure in or rate of flow from a supply pipe or
any fitting or appliance connected to a supply pipe, shall be connected unless prior
written approval from Qatar General Electricity and Water Corporation (QGEWC) is
obtained.
4.7 Clean-Up
1 Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall restore the ground surface to
required elevations and remove excess materials, debris and equipment from the site
to satisfaction of Engineer.
5. SYSTEM TESTING
5.1 Purging
1 Immediately prior to hydrostatic testing, all irrigation lines shall be thoroughly purged of
all entrapped air.
2 Mainline piping system may be tested in sections. Lateral systems shall be
tested valve by valve.
3 Water shall be discharged from a single outlet by manipulation of isolation
control valves and installation of temporary caps.
4 Water shall be introduced into lines to be tested at full operating head and the water
flow at end discharge point, and observed until all air and residual debris has been
expelled from the line.
5.2 Initial System Test
1 Individual parts of the main network between isolation valve points having a length not
greater than 500 meters shall be tested before backfilling operation.
2 Test shall be made only after completion of the above operations and not until at least
seven days after the last concrete thrust anchor block has been cast.
3 Contractor shall supply all testing material and equipment, including all caps, valves,
pumps, tanks, water and gauges as required.
4 Pressure gauges shall be dual reading in bar and psi units. Calibration shall be such
that accurate determination of potential pressure loss can be ascertained.
5 The section of the main pipeline to be tested shall be filled with potable water and all air
expelled. After the main pipeline has been completely filled, the pressure shall be
steadily and gradually increased until the specified test pressure has been reached.
Simultaneous pressure and leakage tests and separate pressure test shall be made at
150% of working pressure at the point of test, but not less than 125% of normal working
pressure at highest elevation. Separate elevation test shall be made at 150% of normal
working pressure of the segment tested. The minimum pressure test for mainlines is 9
bars and leakage test for lateral lines. Duration of pressure and leakage tests shall be 4
hours. All testing shall comply with AWWA M23-80, Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Design and
Installation.
6 Separate tests shall be applied to the lateral distribution pipe work and the irrigation
pipe work from the remote control valves outwards. Test pressures for these shall be
as described above.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
7 When testing the irrigation lines from the valves, discharge devices shall bereplaced
with temporary plugs or caps.
8 All trenches with pipe installed shall be immediately backfilled with preliminary sand
backfill sufficient to prevent arching or slipping under pressure. All joints, fittings and
connections are to remain exposed until successful completion of hydrostatic testing.
9 Other than for preliminary sand backfill over pipes, no work shall be covered before it
has been inspected, tested and approved by the Engineer.
10 During the tests, all exposed couplings, fittings and valves shall be carefully examined
for defects and leakage. Leaking pipes, couplings, joints, fittings and equipment shall
be repaired or replaced and the section retested as previously specified.
11 Upon receipt of approval of the Engineer to proceed, the remaining backfill shall be
placed and compacted to ninety percent (90%) of maximum dry density.
5.3 Final System Test
1 The tests as specified above shall be repeated for the entire network after pipelines
have been backfilled, cleaned and inspected.
2 Each test shall be restricted to pipes of one class and particular care shall be taken to
isolate air valves, etc. and not to apply higher pressures than specified at any point on
the pipeline and to ensure that the pipelines are adequately anchored before any test is
carried out.
5.4 Test Results
1 Written records of every test clearly identifying the tested section of the pipe together
with time of test and name of testing engineer in tabulated format shall be submitted for
review and approval by the Engineer upon completion of the tests.
6. FLUSHING
6.1 General: On completion of the system test, the system is to be thoroughly flushed,
the velocity of water being at least 1m/s. Should the main water supply be
unavailable or inadequate for this purpose at the time of flushing, then a swab of
adequate size shall be used to remove all foreign matter from the pipeline. This
process shall continue until the pipeline is completely clean. Each control valve
shall be opened separately and the terminal systems also thoroughly flushed.
After completion of flushing, the emitters and other discharge devices shall be
fitted.
6.2 Operation Test: After the hydrostatic test, emitters shall be installed and the
system completed and tested to demonstrate functional efficiency. This shall be
prior to covering the lateralswith mulch (if necessary).
6.3 Testing and Commissioning: On completion of the entire irrigation system
installation, the system shall be commissioned to demonstrate the proper
functioning of the system. The process of commissioning shall be carried out in the
presence of the Engineer’s Representative.
6.4 Adjustment and re-testing of control valves and others shall be carried out until
satisfactory result is obtain and the whole system is functioning to the design
requirement.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
7. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
7.1 Maintenance Personnel: Shall be fully experience with landscape contracting

company based in State of Qatar specializing in installation, operation, and
maintenanceof large-scale landscape irrigation system.
7.2 Maintenance Manual: Upon completion of work and prior to initial acceptance, the
Engineer shall be provided with four (4) copies of a bound maintenance manual and one
(1) softcopy.
7.3 The manual shall contain a list of all irrigation system components including:
(a) Component description.
(b) Supplier name, address, telephone, email and contact person.
(c) Warranty start and end date.
(d) Spare parts available for each component.
(e) Maintenance program by date for each component and the description of the
maintenance procedure, cleaning, flushing, lubricating, changing parts & updating
(f) The general manual headings and descriptions should be both Arabic and English.
7.4 Others
(a) The contractor shall operate and maintain the irrigation system throughout the
maintenance period, and shall provide staff in full time attendance throughout the
period.
(b) The maintenance of the irrigation system shall cover all work necessary to
adequately operate and keep all irrigation equipment, valves, pipelines and
appurtenances in proper operating condition, all to the satisfactory of the
Engineer.
(c) Maintenance shall include but not limited to the following:
Supply of irrigation water with suitable quality and adequate quantities to meet the
irrigation requirements. The contractor shall arrange to obtain water from an approved
source. A full analysis of the irrigation water shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval and then at one month intervals thereafter during the maintenance period.
Irrigation of areas forming part of the works at a frequency and depth as required for
every season in the maintenance period.
Maintenance and repair of all irrigation equipments, pipes, valves and all appurtenances;
records shall be kept of all maintenance, repairs and operation activities carried out
during the maintenance period.
The contractor shall provide to the Engineer at the end of the maintenance period a
report which shall include details of the date, location and type of work performed, all
repairs and replacements, the amount of water applied and the duration of each irrigation
cycle, results of water analysis and all other relevant information of work and activities
carried out during the maintenance period.

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
8. LIST OF RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURERS
PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER
Dripline RainBird
Hunter
Al Wasail
HDPE Pipe & Fittings Al Wasail
Hepworth
Qatar Pipeline & Fittings Co.
Qatar Plast
Solenoid Valve Hunter
Rain Bird
Toro
Irrigation Controller Motorola
RainBird
Hunter
Irrigation Wire Kalas Wire & Cable
Service Wire Co.
Midsouth Wire & Cable Company
Quick Coupling Valve Al Wasail
Rain Bird

Consultants 09007A
Westbay Villa
Hunter
Valve Box Rainbird
Al Wasail
Toro
Pump System Grundfos
Pullen
Saer
Crane
Armstrong
Itt-Bell & Gossett, Lowara
Filter Rain Bird
Arabi Company Qatar
Al Wasail
END OF SECTION

PROPOSED PALACE
(B+G+1+P.H)
AT
Leqtaifiya
AIR CONDITIONING & VENTILLATION

SPECIFICATIONS
November 2015
Section 22
AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CLAUSE TITLE PAGE
1. EXTENT OF CONTRACT ....................................................................................................... 1
2. EXCLUSION ........................................................................................................................... 1
3. STANDARD OF WORK.......................................................................................................... 1
4. PROGRAMME ........................................................................................................................ 2
5. DATA TO BE SUPPLIED WITH TENDER ............................................................................. 2
6. PRACTICAL COMPLETION .................................................................................................. 2
7. DESIGN DATA........................................................................................................................ 2
8. INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 6
9. DESCRIPTION OF AIR CONDITIONING & VENTILATION SYSTEM .................................. 6
10. VENTILATION ........................................................................................................................ 7
11. GENERAL REQUIREMENT ................................................................................................... 7
12. TEST AT SITE ....................................................................................................................... 11
13. PACKAGED WATER CHILLING PLANT ............................................................................. 13
14. CHILLED WATER PUMPS.................................................................................................... 17
15. WATER PRESSURIZATION UNIT ........................................................................................ 17
16. AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT............................................................................................... 18
17. SPLIT TYPE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (WALL MOUNTED) ............................................ 20
18. WINDOW AIR CONDITIONING UNITS................................................................................. 22
19. VIBRATION ISOLATORS ..................................................................................................... 22
20. CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPES .............................................................................................. 23
21. DUCTWORK .......................................................................................................................... 23
22. MANUAL DAMPERS............................................................................................................. 24
23. FIRE DAMPERS .................................................................................................................... 25
24. TEST HOLES ......................................................................................................................... 26

Section 22
25. FRESH AIR INTAKE AND OUTLET louveres ..................................................................... 26
26. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS .................................................................................................. 26
27. DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS..................................................................................... 27
28. GRILLES, REGISTERS and DIFFUSERS ............................................................................ 27
29. ACCESS DOORS .................................................................................................................. 28
30. SOUND ATTENUATORS ...................................................................................................... 28
31. PIPEWORK AND FITTINGS ................................................................................................. 29
32. INSULATION ......................................................................................................................... 35
32.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................. 35
33. EXHAUST FANS ................................................................................................................... 38
34. INSTRUMENTS AND GAUGES............................................................................................ 40
35. ELECTRICAL WORKS.......................................................................................................... 41
36. CONTROL SYSTEM .............................................................................................................. 43
37. BUILDERS WORK................................................................................................................ 47
38. CHILLED WATER TREATMENT .......................................................................................... 48
39. PAINTING AND FINISHING .................................................................................................. 48
40. CLEANING AND FLUSHING ................................................................................................ 48
41. IDENTIFICATION/COLOUR CODING .................................................................................. 48
42. INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING................................................................ 49
43. AIR BALANCING................................................................................................................... 49
44. RELIABILITY TEST ON COMPLETION ............................................................................... 51
45. STATUTORY AUTHORITY APPROVAL .............................................................................. 52
46. WARRANTY .......................................................................................................................... 52
47. SCHEDULES, EXPLANATORY NOTES .............................................................................. 52
48. DETAILS OF PROPOSED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ............................................... 53
49. SCHEDULE OF APPROVED MANUFACTURERS (AIR-CONDITIONING) ........................ 60

Westbay Villa
SECTION 22
1. EXTENT OF CONTRACT
1. The work under this section of the specification shall include for the supply, delivery to site,
installation, testing and commissioning and setting to work the new Air conditioning and
Ventilation systems for the Westbay Villa, as given hereunder:
a). All air conditioning and ventilation system complete with all accessories and controls, as per
specifications, schedules and drawings.
b). Complete air distribution system, return air collecting system, fresh air and ventilation system
as shown on the drawings and as specified.
c). Various controls, instruments and their connections, electrical works related to air
conditioning and ventilation systems as detailed in the specifications.
d) The complete building shall be provided with BMS control system for maintaining all the
conditions as detailed in the design data, Kahra-maa / QCS requirements and as specified
herein and in the drawings.
2. The Contractor shall provide all the materials, labour, cartage, plant and appliances necessary
for the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the work and all other minor and
incidental works necessary for the system.
3. The specifications and drawings are intended to indicate the nature and scope of the project.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of plant of the correct capacity and shall
guarantee the efficient performance of the equipment.
2. EXCLUSION
1. Items necessary for the completion of the plant but not included in the tender are to be listed as
exclusions. It will be assumed that any items or services necessary to the air conditioning plant
and not specifically excluded will be provided by the Contractor even if not mentioned in the
tender.
3. STANDARD OF WORK
1. Unless otherwise specified, all equipment is to comply with the current Kahra-maa regulations,
relevant British and American codes of practice as listed below. However, the Kahra-maa / QCS
latest regulations shall take precedence over all other regulations.
a. ASHRAE : American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning Engineer
b. IHVE : The Institute of Heating and Ventilation Engineers (UK)
c. ASME : American Society of Mechanical Engineers
d. ARI : Air conditioning Refrigeration Institute (USA)
e. ASTM : American Society of Testing and Materials
f. AW S : American Welding Society
g. DW142 : Specification for Sheet metal ductwork
h. SMACNA : Sheet Metal and Air conditioning Contractor's National Association
i. AIA : American institute of Architects
j. QCS : Qatar Construction specification
k. NFPA : National Fire Protection Agency
l. ARI : American Refrigeration Institute
SECTION 22- AIR CONDITIONING & VENTILATION 1

Westbay Villa
m. CDC & HICPAC : Healthcare infection control practices advisory committee U.S.A
n. USDHHS : United State Department of Health & Human Services
2. The workmen employed must be accustomed to the highest class of air conditioning installation.
3. A competent Engineer must be in regular attendance throughout the whole contract. The whole
of the installation shall be executed in conformity with the drawings, specifications, internationally
accepted codes of practice and local regulations.
4. PROGRAMME
1. Immediately on receipt of an order the Contractor shall prepare a programme detailing the
services and sequence of installation.
2. Approval of programme by the Engineer or Client shall not relieve the Contractor from his
obligations to execute and complete the works in conformity with the directions and requirements
of the Engineer.
5. DATA TO BE SUPPLIED WITH TENDER

1. Full description of equipment's and system proposed.
2. Exclusions and departures from specifications.
3. Guarantee particulars.
4. Letter of compliance confirming that the offer fully complies with the tender documents,
specifications and tender drawings and that there are no deviations.
6. PRACTICAL COMPLETION
1. The Contractor shall deliver the Operation and Maintenance Manuals along with the 'As-built'
drawings and loose items if any to the Client before practical completion. The completion
certificate will be issued by the Engineer after obtaining the Operation and Maintenance
manuals.
2. Recommendation for release or the release of Practical Completion Certificate would not absolve
the Contractor of his responsibility to provide the installation complete in all respects and in
satisfactory working order. If any item is discovered later during commissioning, maintenance
period or at F.C.C. stage to be short supplied or not in working order, the Contractor shall be
liable to make good the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
7. DESIGN DATA
1. The broad design parameters of air conditioning system shall be as follows:

Latitude : 25° North
7.1 Outside design conditions

a. Summer : 46°C. DB, 30°C. W B : (115°F. DB, 87°F. WB)
b. W inter : 10°C. DB, 90% RH : (50°F. DB, 90% RH)

Westbay Villa
7.2 Inside design conditions

1. Indoor comfort conditions will be designed and based on ASHRAE 62.1-2007 / CIBSE
Standard “Environmental Criteria for Design Table 1.1”. The following table represents
the indoor design conditions that were followed:
Summer Dry Bulb Summer Relative

Space Designation
Temperature °C Humidity
O
LIVING AREAS 22 +/- 1 C, DB 50%RH
O
BEDROOMS 22 +/- 1 C, DB 50%RH
O
KITCHEN 22 +/- 1 C, DB 50%RH
O
LOBBIES 22 +/- 1 C, DB 50%RH
O
Entrance/FAMILY HALL 22 +/- 1 C, DB 50%RH
Toilet Direct/Indirect cooling -
Pantry Direct/Indirect cooling -
Note: Winter Heating to be provided
7.3 Occupancy Load

1. Occupancy Estimate is based on recommendations of ASHRAE Standard and is compatible with
the final furniture layout as per architectural drawings.
7.4 Lighting load

1. Electrical Lighting and Electrical Equipment Heat Load is based on the recommendations of
ASHRAE/IES Standard and has to be adjusted as per the final Equipment.
2.
2
Space Electrical Light Load W/ Ft Electrical Equipment Load Watts
2
LIVING AREAS 2.0 W/ Ft 250 watts
2
BEDROOMS 2.0 W/ Ft 561 watts
2
Hallway 2.0 W/ Ft -
2
Lobby 2.0 W/ Ft -

Westbay Villa
2
Entrance Hall 2.0 W/ Ft -
2
Toilet 2.0 W/ Ft -
Note: The above rates have to be adjusted as per the actual values designed by the
electrical Engineer.
7.5 Ventilation (Exhaust)
a. Toilets : 10 air changes per hour

b. Pantries : 10 air changes per hour
c. Kitchen : 3.7 L/s / m2
d. Mechanical room : 0.3 L/s / m2
7.6 Noise Criteria

1. All Mechanical Equipment to be provided with vibration and sound isolators to assure quiet
comfort, the VAC system will be designed to ensure a sound level not exceeding the following
values. Noise Criteria are taken from ASHRAE application Handbook Recommendations:
Living rooms 30 - 35
Dining rooms 30-35
Halls/Lobby 30-35
Bed rooms 25-30
Kitchen/Corridor/service areas 35 - 40
Electrical room 35-40
7.7 General
A. Electric Supply : 415 V, 3 Ph, 50 Hz, 4 wire and

240 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz A.C. supplies
B. 'U' Factors
* Heat Transmission Co-efficient : 0.077 Btu/ft. sq.hr.°F
(U) Value for the roofs (0.437 watts/m.sq.°C)
(As per Kahra-maa Circular)
* Heat Transmission Co-efficient : 0.1 Btu/ft. sq.hr.°F

(U) value for the walls (0.568 watts/m.sq.°C)
(As per Kahra-maa Circular)

Westbay Villa
* Windows wall raitio

5 to 40 % : 0.58 Btu/ft. sq.hr.°F (3.30 watts/m.sq.°C) Max Shading coef. 0.40
Above 40 % : 0.36 Btu/ft. sq.hr.°F (2.10 watts/m.sq.°C) Max Shading coef. 0.35
1. Rating for Continuous Service & Local Ambient Conditions

The outside air temperature may occasionally rise to 50°C (122°F). All apparatus shall be
rated for continuous service, twenty four hours a day, seven days a week throughout its normal
rated life except for necessary routine maintenance. The Contractor shall offer equipment
which is capable of operating at the ambient temperature of 50°C without any failure.
7.8 Duct Sizing Criteria
The ductwork sizing and room air distribution were considered in accordance with
the ASHRAE and SMACNA Standards. Friction loss and velocities were generally
considered as follows:
Low Pressure Systems
Maximum duct velocity (from 0 to 5m3/s) 8 m/s

Maximum duct velocity (from 5 to 10m3/s) 9 m/s
Maximum duct velocity (above 10m3/s) 10 m/s
Maximum duct pressure loss 1 Pa/m
Low Pressure Systems
Maximum air velocity in occupied Zone at 1.5 m 0.18m/s

above floor
Maximum velocity at return air grille 1.5m/s
Maximum velocity at return air plenum 5 m/s
Maximum velocity across net grille area 2.5 m/s
Maximum branch velocity from main duct 5 m/s
Maximum final branch connection velocity 3 m/s
Duct pressure losses will be calculated in accordance with the ASHRAE Handbook
Fundamental during the Tender Document stage
7.9 Pipe Sizing Criteria

Westbay Villa
The pipe work design is being prepared in accordance with ASHRAE

recommendations and considering the delivery of the chilled water at the design
temperatures specified under the technical requirements outlined Regulations.
Supply chilled water temperature 7 OC.

Return chilled water temperature 12 OC.
7.10 Design Factors
The design factors shall be as follows:
Sensible : 10%
Latent : 5%
Total Cooling load : 20 %

Westbay Villa
9.1 Chilled Water System
1. The air conditioning scheme is based upon chilled water system having air cooled screw chillers
and air handling units.
2. It is proposed to provide 3 nos. air cooled screw chillers in which two(2) chiller shall be capable
of meeting the full load in peak environmental conditions and one Chiller as standby. The chillers
shall be located in the chiller yard at roof as shown on the design drawings.
3. These chillers shall be connected to 3 nos. pump sets, each to cater 50% load of all the chillers.
One of these pumps shall therefore provide 50% standby facility. The chilled water pumps shall
be installed in the Pump room at the roof. The distribution of chilled water pipe work to the
various air-handling units shall be carried out in accordance with the design drawings. Exposed
pipe work on the roof and Pump room etc., shall be aluminum cladded.
4. chemical dosing pot shall be included in the system for chilled water treatment.
5. The complete building shall be divided into various zones depending upon the utility, usage of
space, individual temperature requirement etc.
10. VENTILATION
10.1 Toilets
1. These areas shall be mechanically ventilated centrifugal exhaust fan and centralized ducting
system is utilized complete with all diffusers to areas being serve
10.2 Controls
1. The complete building shall be provided with BMS control system for maintaining all the
conditions as detailed in the design data, Kahra-maa / QCS requirements and as specified
herein and in the drawings.
11. GENERAL REQUIREMENT
11.1 Quality of Equipment and Materials
1. All equipment and materials shall be brand new, of a quality accepted by the Engineer and
presenting no dent, damage or breakage during transportation or installation. All metal parts
shall be protected on site from rust, corrosion and dirt by properly storing, packing and
covering. All rusted parts of metal, subject to the Engineer's approval shall be cleaned of
corrosion products and given two coats of anti-rust paint before installation.
11.2 Instructions for Operation and Routine Maintenance

1. The Contractor shall provide written instructions both in Arabic and English languages as to
the method of operation of equipment and the routine maintenance works (cleaning of air
filters etc.). Six copies of such instructions shall be handed over to the Engineer.

Westbay Villa
11.3 Painting, Tags, Nameplates

1. All steel works in connection with supports for pipes, cable trays etc., exposed to the elements
are to be painted with two coats of an approved rust preventive paint, preferably zinc rich
primer and two coats of enamel paint of grey color or as approved by the Engineer.
2. All exposed metal surfaces of refrigeration and electrical apparatus, motors, guards, insulated
pipework etc., must be painted with one coat of under-coat and two coats of enamel paint
finish to approved color. Identification bands, color codes (refer BS 1710 : 1975) and
directional flow arrows shall be painted on piping or insulation at frequent intervals indicating
the unit services and the fluid conveyed. Lettering shall be in English.
3. Identification of ductwork, color codes, directional flow arrows and application of symbols shall
be carried out in accordance with DW 142. Internal surfaces of ducts at the grille or diffuser
terminals and connections visible to occupants in rooms shall be painted with two coats of dull
black paint.
4. All power supply switches shall be tagged identifying the area served, the capacity of
switching and equipment they feed. Same identification must appear on the wiring diagram
submitted with the operating instructions. All wires shall bear identification numbered tags
corresponding to the same wiring diagram mentioned above.
11.4 Drawings, Submittals, Instructions, Manuals and Samples
11.4.1 General
1. All drawings and material submissions, other information and samples must besupplied to the
Engineer as laid down in the specifications and as and when agreed during the site meetings,
in the progress chart or as instructed by the Engineer.
11.4.2 Submittals and Engineers Approval

1. The Contractor shall submit for approval a detailed information data for all the equipment he
proposes to install. Such submittals shall contain the following information :
 Model number
 Name of manufacturer and country of origin
 Manufacturer's data showing the capacity of equipment, physical dimensions, list of all
components and their characteristics.
2. The Engineer shall check, if he so requires, all parts of installation and materials. Any part
rejected shall be immediately dismantled, removed from site and replaced or repaired to
conform to the specifications and to the full satisfaction of the Engineer. Any part requiring
realignment or repositioning in co-ordination with the decoration, false ceilings, carpentry or
finishing works as required by the Engineer shall be carried out without delay.
3. Any interim approval given by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of his obligations
under this contract.
11.4.3 Shop Drawings to be prepared by the Contractor

1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval, detailed shop drawings for all
equipment or distribution services described herein. Such drawings shall indicate :
a. All civil works, openings, bases, position of sleeves etc.
b. The physical dimensions of the equipment.
c. The sizes of foundation base wherever required.

Westbay Villa
d. Location of centre bolts to base.

e. Position of motors, controls, air duct connections etc.
f. Detailed wiring diagram of all electrical systems consisting of control wiring diagram for
various controls, instruments, sensors, step controllers etc., and their connections, power
wiring diagram from isolator / control panel in various equipment etc., as detailed
elsewhere in the specification.
g. Detail piping connection in double line with position of valves, controls, instruments and
fittings.
h. Isometric piping for the complete piping layout (water/refrigerant).
i. Coordinated drawings with all other services, structure space frame and finishes or any
other drawing found necessary or requested by the Engineer for co-ordination of works.
j. The following drawings shall be provided by the A.C. Contractor for each panel.
I. General arrangement of control panel
II. Control schematics
III. Single line diagram
IV. Circuit diagram
V. Terminal block connection diagram
VI. Cable schedule
VII. Material list
2. The work described on any shop drawing submitted shall be properly checked by the
Contractor for all clearance, field conditions, maintenance space and proper co- ordination.
Equipment layout is to be detailed on drawings showing the exact method of installing and
clearly illustrating components to be used in making all connections.
3. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, shop drawings of all sheet metal ductwork and
pipework for approval before work is fabricated and installed.
4. Ductwork drawings must show clearances between the ductwork and masonry. All dampers,
fresh air inlets, exhaust outlets, connections to equipment and methods of support and any
other details necessary for the satisfactory installation of the system must be indicated. Each
type of register, diffuser and louver is to be referenced in a schedule and the type and size
clearly indicated at each location.
5. Piping drawings must be fully detailed showing all piping in double line and indicating the
precise size of fittings, valves and equipment.
6. Position of hangers and supports with reference numbers must be indicated and large scale
detail must be given showing the type and method of installation of each type of hanger. A
schedule is to be included on each drawing, detailing the type of hanger fixing with a reference
number for each type.
7. All general layout drawings are to be drawn in 1 : 50 scale. Details of hangers, method of
fixing of pipes and ducts, detailed cross sections of pipes, ducts and risers, details of control
and piping connections to equipment are to be drawn in 1 : 10 scale.
8. In case the Contractor fails to produce the shop drawings and co-ordinated shop drawings in
accordance with the specified/agreed time schedule, the Engineer reserves the right to
engage an outside agency to undertake this work and debit the entire cost to the Contractor's
account.
9. At all places where multiple services cross over, the Contractor shall submit specific details on
the drawings of all services on a larger scale, which should be thoroughly checked by the A.C.
Contractor for their location, clearances, method of fixing etc., before submitting to the
Engineer for approval.

Westbay Villa
10. The Contractor shall prepare drawings and schedules showing precise details of holes in
concrete, masonry etc., and necessary wooden frames required for passage of ducts, pipes
and fittings of grilles, registers, diffusers, louvers, plant, plant supports etc. Drawings and
schedules approved by the Engineer must be available before any structural work requiring
holes or other modification is constructed. This schedule is to be submitted in a form to be
agreed with the Engineer.
11. All drawings prepared by the Contractor shall be submitted in the form of three sets of blue
prints to the Engineer for approval, who in turn, after making his comments will return one
set of the same to the Contractor for necessary revisions if any. Thereafter the Contractor
shall submit five sets of blue prints for the Engineer's final approval. Once the drawings
are finally approved, the Contractor shall submit in reproducible copy negative for Engineer's
signature and the same shall be kept on site for execution. It is the Contractor's responsibility
to co-ordinate all grilles, equipment, pipes, light fittings, false ceiling layout and other services
to allow a completely symmetrical installation.
12. The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer a set of 'As-installed' drawings showing the works
'As-installed' together with any other information necessary for operation and maintenance.
Six copies of each such drawing shall be supplied. In addition, two sets of copy negatives for
each drawing shall be handed over to the Client.
11.4.4 Manuals
1. The Contractor shall make provision for the supply of three copies of the Instruction Manual
before issue of Practical Completion Certificate.This manual shall include the following items
a. Complete list of all items of equipment, controls and accessories as actually supplied
including serial nos. and all name plate details.
b. A set of 'As-built' drawings showing equipment layout foundation details, ducting layout
and details, electrical wiring and drain piping. The drawings shall show plans and sections
necessary to show all required information correctly.
c. A set of manufacturer's catalogues, wiring diagram and installation drawings relevant only
to the particular item of air conditioning and ventilation equipment concerned. General
catalogues will not be acceptable.
d. Manufacturer's printed spare parts list for all items of equipment.
e. Operational description of the air conditioning plant including starting, stopping and
seasonal shut-down.
f. Preventive maintenance routine at weekly, monthly and yearly maintenance procedures
for all plant and equipment. intervals and
g. Manufacturer's full name and address together with telephone, fax numbers.
h. Name, address, telephone and fax numbers of local agents / suppliers.
11.4.5 Storage of Materials and Equipment

1. All materials and equipment must be stored properly so as to prevent damage, corrosion,
deterioration or dirt penetration.
2. All duct outlets must be adequately closed to prevent dust and dirt penetration during the
course of erection.
11.4.6 Tests Certificates

1. The Contractor shall supply all the Test certificates in original to the Engineer at the time of
handing over the project.

Westbay Villa
12. TEST AT SITE & AT MANUFACTURE FACTORY PERFORMANCE
12.1.1 General
1. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, one month prior to the date of commencement of
the tests, six (6) copies of the complete test procedures to be used. The procedure,
method of calculation etc., shall be approved by the Engineer before any test is carried out.
Six (6) copies of the test results shall be furnished to the Engineer for his approval.
2. The Contractor shall supply skilled staff and all necessary instruments and carry out tests of
any kind on a piece of equipment, apparatus, part of system or a complete system if the
Consultant requests such a test, for determining specified or guaranteed data as given in the
specifications or in the schedule of equipmentfilled in by the Contractor.
3. Any damage resulting from the tests shall be repaired and/or damaged material replaced, all
to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In the event of any repair or adjustment required to be
made, other than the normal running adjustment, the tests shall be void and shall be
recommended after the adjustments or repairs have been completed. The tests shall not be
void due to circumstances beyond the Contractor's control.
4. All testing, balancing and final adjustment shall be in accordance with the provision of the
applicable 'ASHRAE' standards.
5. Shall perform performance tests at factory simulating with project design conditions at factory
in presence of consultant engineer.
12.1.2 Piping System

1. Pressure tests shall be applied to piping only before connection of equipment and appliances.
In no case shall, piping, equipment or appliances be subjected to pressure exceeding their
rating. If necessary, piping shall be taken down and reassembled and no make-shift method of
temporarily repairing leaks etc., will be permitted.
2. Tests shall be completed and approved before any insulation is applied or pipes, valves and
fittings have been concealed. Tests shall be performed in the presence of and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Any leaks or defects uncovered by the tests shall be repaired and
the system retested as above, at no additional cost to the Employer.
3. All pipe work shall be hydraulically tested to a minimum test pressure of 1½ times the
maximum working pressure or 8 bars, whichever is higher. Prescribed pressure shall be
maintained for four hours. All refrigerant systems shall be tested and proven tight under
nitrogen pressure of at least 150% of maximum working pressure which shall be maintained
for four hours. Before completely charging refrigerant, the whole system shall have holding
charge and be tested for leaks by means of a leak detector.
4. All chilled water pipe welding shall be done by certified welders.
12.1.3 Ductwork
1. All branches and outlets shall be tested for air quantity and the total of the air quantities shall
be within five percent of fan capacity. Volume control dampers and splitter dampers shall be
tested for proper operation.
12.1.4 Equipment
1. All air handling and ventilating equipment, ductwork and air outlets shall be adjusted and
balanced to deliver the specified air quantities indicated at each inlet and outlet on the
drawings.
2. Where the equipment or systems depend upon controls for proper operation, functioning and
performance, the latter shall be operated simultaneously with the equipment or system during
tests. If air quantities cannot be delivered without exceeding the speed range of the sheaves
or the available horse-power, the Engineer shall be notified before proceeding with the
balancing of air distribution system.
Westbay Villa
3. Other tests as specified under the specific equipment headings are to be completed to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
12.1.5 Electrical Equipment

1. All electrical equipment shall be cleaned and tested on site before application of power as
mentioned below :
a. Wire and cable tests
b. Insulation resistance test, phase to phase and phase to earth on all circuits and equipment's
using a 500 volt megger. The insulation resistance shall not be less than one (1) meg.ohm.
c. Earth resistance between conduit system and earth must not exceed five (5) ohms.
d. Phasing out and phase rotation tests.
e. Operating tests on all protective relays to prove their correct operation before energizing the
main equipment.
f. Operating tests on all starters, circuit breakers etc.
g. Any other test required as per Kaahra-maa regulations.
12.1.6 Test on Completion

1. The contractor shall employ a specialist agency to carry out testing & commissioning of all
plant & equipment including air balance and water balancing. The specialist contractor shall be
subject to approval of the engineer.
2. After finishing the above tests and adjustments, the Contractor shall be responsible for running
a reliability trial test for the whole plant installed. The whole of the trial of the plant shall
take place during the appropriate seasons when design conditions are met or approximated.
The trial shall take place at any reasonable time subject to the approval of the Engineer. The
trial shall last for a period of thirty one (31) consecutive days during which time the whole of
the plant shall operate continuously without readjustments or repair to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
3. During the reliability trial test, performance tests shall be conducted on the refrigerating and air
conditioning equipment. The test data shall not deviate by more than three percent from the
guaranteed capacity data. Temperature readings shall be taken for the entering and leaving
air of each air handling unit. Should any part of the apparatus or system fail to meet with the
specification requirements, it shall be adjusted, repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of
the Engineer. The complete performance test shall then be repeated. The date of
commencement of the above said tests shall be subject to agreement with the Engineer. As
soon as all tests prescribed in this clause are carried out satisfactorily in the opinion of the
Engineer, a formal letter of completion shall be drawn up in three (3) copies and signed by the
Engineer.
4. During the maintenance period, the Contractor shall demonstrate that all equipment and
apparatus fulfill the requirements of the specifications and he shall operate all fans,
refrigeration and air conditioning equipment for a sufficient time to adjust all dampers,
thermostats and controls and shall provide the Engineer with a complete log and report
indicating air quantities, fan speed etc., throughout each of the various systems for the
operating seasons.
12.1.7 Maintenance Test

1. During 400 days maintenance period, the operation and day to day routine maintenance of the
plant and equipment shall be carried out by the owner's staff whereas the defects / failure in
the plant and equipment not as a result of inadequate maintenance, shall be part of the
Contractor's responsibility and shall be rectified free of cost by the Contractor. After testing
and commissioning, first set of filters for all AHUs shall be provided by the Contractor.

Westbay Villa
2. During the last month of the Maintenance period, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the
Engineer that all equipment and systems are operating according to the capacities and the
manner set down in the specifications. On completion of these tests, the Engineer shall issue
a formal letter of acceptance for the equipment and system or parts of the system satisfactorily
tested and approved.
3. The Maintenance Certificate will not be issued to the Contractor by the Engineer until all plant
has received the above mentioned letter of acceptance and/or unless a bank guarantee is
provided by the Contractor for the performance of that part of the plant and equipment not
formally tested and accepted.
13. PACKAGED WATER CHILLING PLANT
13.1.1 General
1. The Contractor shall provide and install microprocessor controlled packaged air cooled chillers
having screw compressors working with HFC R-134a refrigerant, air cooled condensers,
flooded/DX evaporators, controls including starters within the panels. The capacity of the
chillers shall be as indicated in the schedule. The unit shall be designed, manufactured and
tested in a facility with quality assurance system certified to ISO 9001.
2. Each chiller shall have at least two independent refrigerant circuits. Each circuit shall have one
screw compressor.
3. Contractor may however offer chillers that have two compressors connected in parallel to
common refrigerant circuit. This shall be accepted at the discretion of the Engineer subject to:
a. Such equipment being manufactured by a reputed manufacturer represented and
approved for use in the State of Qatar.
b. The type of equipment offered having been in satisfactory use in Qatar for a period of at
least 5 to 10 years.
c. Extended 5 years guarantee being offered on the parallel running compressors including
recharge of gas and oil in case of burn-out.
d. Tandem arrangement is not acceptable.
4. The system shall operate on 415 / 240 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz. at 115°F ambient temperature
and the plant shall be capable of providing not less than specified capacity at the specified
conditions as mentioned in the schedule.
5. The capacity rating shall be as per ARI or EUROVENT standards and manufacturer shall be
equipped with testing facilities at the required full load design conditions.
13.1.2 Characteristics of Chillers

1. The water chilling plant shall be completely factory-assembled with all necessary insulation of
low temperature parts being factory applied. All wiring between control components and all
safety devices shall be completed at the factory. Each unit shall have all safety and operating
controls adjusted, set and tested at the factory.
2. In addition to the main components and their accessories listed in the clauses that follow, each
chiller should have:
a. Factory wired complete electric panel including isolator and starters and microprocessor
control system.
b. Starters should be designed for reduced inrush current operation to meet the
requirements of Kahra-maa Electrical regulations.
c. Vibration isolators below the chassis of in addition to isolators provided for the chiller
assembly; these shall be compressors.
d. Liquid charging valves.

Westbay Villa
e. Flanged type drier with removable cores and isolating valves.

f. Liquid line moisture indicator.
g. Discharge shut off valve.
h. Crankcase heater.
i. Electronic expansion valve.
13.1.3 Compressors (Screw)

1. The compressors shall be field serviceable, semi-hermetic, screw type.
2. The oil injection may be used for these compressors in order to get high COP also at high
condensing pressure and low sound pressure levels in each load condition.
3. Refrigerant system differential pressure shall provide oil flow through service replaceable, 0.5
micron, full flow, and cartridge type oil filter internal to compressor.
4. The compressor’s oil cooling must be realized by liquid injection.
5. The compressor shall be provided with an integrated, high efficiency, oil separator and with
built-in oil filter.
6. The compressor shall be direct electrical drive, without gear transmission between the screw
and the electrical motor. The motor’s compressor shall be designed for star/delta.
7. The compressor casing shall be provided with ports to realize economized refrigerant cycles.
8. Two thermal protections realized by a thermistor for high temperature protection to motor and
a thermistor for discharge gas high temperature protection shall be present.
9. The compressor shall be provided with an automatic spring return of capacity control valve to
the minimum load position to ensure compressor starting is always at minimum motor load.
13.1.4 Evaporator
1. The units shall be supplied with shell and tubes counter-flow evaporator single refrigerant
pass, it will be direct expansion with refrigerant inside the tubes and water outside (shell side)
with carbon steel tube sheets, with straight copper tubes that are spirally wound internally of
higher efficiencies, expanded on the tube plates.
2. The flooded evaporator shall be mechanically cleanable, shell-and-tube type with removable
heads. Tubes shall be internally and externally grooved, seamless-copper, and shall be rolled
into tube sheets. Shell shall be insulated with 19 mm thick closed-cell foam. Evaporator
thermal insulation shall be factory fitted.
3. The evaporator will have 2 circuits, one for each compressor and shall be single refrigerant
pass.
4. The cooler shell insulation will be weather proofed with glass cloth & vapour barrier.
5. Evaporator is manufactured in accordance to ASME or equivalent and tested for refrigerant
side working pressure of 360 PSI and water side working pressure of 150 PSI. Coolers shall
be provided with water vent & drain connections.
13.1.5 Motors
1. Refer to Electrical Section.
13.1.6 Condenser Coil

1. The condenser coils shall be constructed with seamless copper tubes having a “W” / "V"
configuration and arranged in a staggered row pattern and mechanically expanded into
aluminum fins with full fin collars for higher efficiencies. The space between the fins is given by
a collar that will increase the surface area in conjunction with the tubes, protecting them from
ambient corrosion.

Westbay Villa
2. The condenser/heat exchanger shall consist of multiple transversal V shaped coils to provide
self protection. Each V will have an angle superior to 50° to ensure optimum air distribution.
Coils with integrated sub cooling will be entirely made of aluminium to limit galvanic corrosion
and will offer a resistance to corrosion compatible with coastal or urban environments. Coils
will have a thickness of 1 inch to generate low air pressure drop and offer reduced sensitivity
to clogging. Coil shall be easily cleanable using a high pressure cleaner. This alternative shall
be acceptable subject to the whole condenser coil assembly being provided with factory
applied epoxy coating.
3. The coils will have an integral subcooler circuit which provides sufficient subcooling to
effectively eliminate the possibility of liquid flashing and increase the unit’s efficiency without
an increase in power absorbed.
4. The condenser coil shall be coated with suitable protective coating to safeguard against the
salt-laden corrosive atmosphere. The coating shall be guaranteed to last for minimum 5 years.
5. However the hole condenser coil shall be complete with factory applied epoxy coating.
6. Condenser coils shall be air pressure tested at 450 PSI under water.
13.1.7 Condenser Fans

1. The fans used in conjunction with the condenser coils, shall be propeller type direct driven by
TEFC motor having minimum class (B) insulation. Each fan shall be equipped with a heavy-
gauge fan guard.
2. The air discharge shall be vertical and each fan must be coupled to the electrical motor,
supplied as standard to IP54 and capable to work to ambient temperatures of –40 C to +55 C.
There is also an accident protection within the motors.
3. Fan blades shall be fabricated from coated steel or aluminum and shall be statically &
dynamically balanced.
13.1.8 Refrigerant Circuit

1. The unit must have refrigerant circuits completely independent of each other with one
compressor per circuit.
2. Each circuit shall include an: electronic expansion valve, compressor discharge shut-off valve,
a liquid line shut-off valve with charging connection, replaceable core filter-drier, sight glass
with moisture indicator, High / Low pressure switches and insulated suction line. The
electronic expansion valve shall also serve the purpose of solenoid valve.
3. The unit will have stepless capacity control for each compressor controlled by microprocessor.
13.1.9 Condenser Control

1. A condenser with multiple fans may be provided with a fan cycling control to cycle one of two,
or two of three fans act in response to outdoor ambient temperature.
13.1.10 Controls and instruments (screw type compressor chiller)

1. The unit shall have a factory installed control panel, which may be either separate or
combined. The panel should maintain as a minimum the following:
a. Microprocessor, power and control circuit terminals block, main protection isolator, starters
and overload protection, on/off control switch, replaceable solid state relay panel,
diagnostic display/set point, thermisters and pressure transducers displaying output
results.
b. Start/stop and reset switch.5x
c. Pilot light indicating control to ‘On’ position.
d. Fan cycling switches for mild ambient operation.

Westbay Villa
2. The microprocessor shall withstand the surrounding air temperature of 50°C ambient. The
microprocessor shall be fully programmable type and suitable to be linked with the BMS at
later stage. The microprocessor control system shall be capable of performing the following
functions:
13.1.11 Controls
1. Compressor sequencing with lead-lag selection.
2. Compressors loading and capacity control
3. Pumpdown with safety function.
13.1.12 The microprocessor control shall provide an instantaneous visual display, the functional
status of the following:
1. Freeze protection (low leaving chilled water protection).
2. Low pressure switch each compressor
3. High pressure switch each compressor
4. Oil failure switch each compressor
5. Electronic motor protection each compressor
6. Pump down Manual/Auto each circuit
7. Control disconnect switch each circuit
8. Compressor(s) sequence lead
9. Compressor(s) sequence lag
10. All compressor(s) stages
11. Fan cycling switches for mild ambient operation
12. Fault reset
13. Entering and leaving water temperature
14. The function of the microprocessor control may vary slightly from one manufacturer to another.
13.1.13 Diagnostics
1. Diagnostic display module shall be capable of indicating the safety lock out conditions by
displaying a code for which an explanation may be scrolled at the display. Information included
for display shall be :
a. Low water flow
b. Low oil pressure
c. Cooler freeze protection
d. Thermistor and pressure transducer malfunction
e. Entering and leaving water temperature etc.
f. Evaporator and discharge pressure
13.1.14 Safeties
1. The control panel shall be equipped to provide the following protection:
a. Low water flow detection
b. Low chilled water temperature protection
c. Low control voltage protection

Westbay Villa
d. Visual alarm signal (alarm light)

e. High pressure switch
f. Low oil protection for each compressor
2. In addition to the above controls, the following shall be field supplied and installed as
components for the operation of the chillers:
a. Thermometer and gauges on inlet and outlet of chiller.
b. Double regulating valve on chiller outlet.
c. Isolating gate valve on chiller inlet and outlet.
d. Strainer on chiller inlet.
e. Flexible joints on chiller inlet and outlet.
f. Flow switches
Note: Chillers shall be capable to operate at an ambient temperature of 52°C. without failure.
14. CHILLED WATER PUMPS

1. Pumps shall be base mounted, directly connected to their motor through flexible couplings.
2. Pump casings shall be cast iron with bronze or stainless steel impeller, stainless steel shaft,
mechanical seal, flexible coupling and cast / MS iron base. Each pump shall be driven by a
constant speed having minimum Class 'B' insulation, totally enclosed fan cooled motor at 1415
rpm, 415 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz., A.C.
3. Pumps shall be end suction, centrifugal, single stage, vertical split type.
4. Each pump shall be fitted with the following components :
5. 100 mm diameter suction and discharge pressure gauges, siphons and cocks
6. Flexible connections on inlet and outlet
7. Check valve on outlet
8. Isolating gate valve on inlet and outlet
9. Strainer on inlet
10. Vibration isolators below pump bases.
11. The duty point shall fall at the maximum efficiency for the selected pump. Pump shall not be
selected at the end of its performance curve.
12. The Contractor is expected to cross check the pressure head requirements in conjunction with
the water side equipment selected by him and submit the necessary calculations to the Engineer
for approval. However, the motor kW should not be less than that indicated in the pump
schedule.
13. Motor shall be non overloaded at any point of impeller curve
15. WATER PRESSURIZATION UNIT

1. The chilled water system shall be a closed pressurized system incorporating a combined
pressurization and automatic water make-up unit as indicated on the drawings.
2. The pressurization unit shall be an integrated unit, factory assembled and tested.

Westbay Villa
3. The pressurization unit shall incorporate a break tank, two make-up pumps (one running, one
standby), twin expansion vessels, associated pipework and valves and controls.
4. The expansion vessels shall be of the pre-pressurized diaphragm type manufactured to BS 4814
and shall be subjected to a test pressure of 750 kPa.
5. The controls shall include the following:
a. Automatic pump change-over upon failure of duty pump indicated by pump failure light.
b. Manual pump selector switch.
c. Duty pump run light.
d. Hours run indicators for pumps.
e. Low pressure visible and audible alarm.
16. AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT
16.1.1 General
1. Air handling units shall be of size suitable for installation in the spaces provided and have
capacities as indicated in the air handling unit schedule.
2. The units shall comply with the following specifications:
a. The air handling units shall be completely factory built and assembled and shall have
sections and components as detailed in these specifications, drawings and schedules. Each
unit shall consist of a cooling coil, condensate pan, fan or fans, motor, filters, floor mounting
type channels with vibration isolators, controls and all other necessary components as
described below and shall be of compact size.
b. The unit casing shall be of insulated double skin construction from the best quality aluminum
alloy sheet properly reinforced and braced for maximum rigidity with bolted anodized
aluminum penta-post framework, suitable for the system operating pressures specified.The
casing shall be of sectionalized construction consisting of various sections as described
above. The Contractor shall provide sample of casing panel for Engineer’s approval.
c. Alternately, galvanized construction with 2mm internal & external polyster coating for the
panels can be accepted.
3
d. 50 mm thick rigid fiber glass insulation of density 48 kg/m and thermal conductivity 0.036
W/M°C., shall be sandwiched between the panels. Injected polyurethane or equivalent
material may be used, however the insulation thickness shall remain unchanged. AHU frame
and panel shall be of thermal bridge free construction to avoid condensation upto Engineer’s
approval. Factory built canopy shall be provided on the externally located air handling unit.
3. Probes for manometers etc., shall be factory installed.
16.1.2 Fan Section

1. Each fan section shall have one or two forward/backward curved blade design fans, statically
and dynamically balanced at the factory. The fans shall have cast steel hubs keyed to an
adequately sized bright steel shaft running in grease lubricated, heavy duty, long life ball or
roller bearings. Bearings shall be of pedestal mounted, pillow block type Alternatively, plug
fans with direct drive can be accepted.
2. The fan drive shall be 'V' belt type with variable pitch sheave on the motor pulley. The motor
shall preferably be installed internally. In case of external mounting, belt guard shall be
provided. The motor base shall be adjustable type.
3. The unit shall be supplied with flexible neoprene coated fiber glass, fire resistant connections
between the fan section and the connecting ductwork. The fan section shall be isolated from
the structure by at least four properly selected vibration isolators.
4. Fan motor ratings shall exceed by 20% the power absorbed by the fan at full load and shall be
TEFC commercially silent, having minimum Class 'B' insulation. Fan discharge velocity shall
be limited to 2000 fpm maximum only.

Westbay Villa
5. Removable panels shall be incorporated in fan, coil and filter sections to provide good access
to internal parts. Latches shall be proprietary 'quick-release' and all hinges shall be of die-cast
construction.
16.1.3 Coil Section and Coil

1. The coil section shall be of the same construction as the fan section.
2. Sections for cooling shall have a drain pan made of stainless steel shaped for positive drainage
with large drain connections provided at both sides. The drain pan shall be duly insulated.
Cooling coils shall be completely drainable type, constructed of seamless copper tubes
expanded into aluminum fins and shall have copper pipe headers. Fins spacing shall be
restricted to 12 fpi. The coil face velocity should be limited to 500 fpm. All the cooling coils
shall be factory tested at 125 psig air pressure under water. All final connections from external
pipework to cooling coil sections shall be made with flexible couplings.
3. The cooling coil shall be precoated/factory coated with anti-corosive paint for longer life.
16.1.4 Filter Section

1. The filter section shall incorporate low velocity corrugated panel type washable synthetic fiber
pleated filters of 2" thickness. The air velocity across the filters shall not exceed 350 fpm.
Filter media thickness shall not be less than 45 mm. The dust arrestance efficiency of air filters
shall be not less than 90% and dust spot efficiency of 25 to 30% as per ASHRAE 52.1-1992
test method. The filter frame shall be of aluminum construction. The filter section shall be of
the same construction as that of fan section. The filters shall be factory assembled at the
manufacturer’s works.
2. The bag filter shall comprise of one 600x600mm filter bag module fitted into a pupose made
galvanized steel side withdrawal frame. Each module shall comprise a minimum of four
separate bags bonded or clipped into a galvazied steel header. The bag shall have a minimum
length of 600mm. The medium shall be of a fine multi-layer type with high mechanical
strength. The maximum initial resistance shall not exceed 100 Pa. Filter of this type shall have
an efficiently of less than 99.6% based on the tests specified in BS 2831 with test dust No.2.
One complete set of spare bags shall be supplied.
16.1.5 Mixing Box

1. The unit shall include a mixing box section. The mixing box shall include factory installed
damper.
16.1.6 Accessories
1. The air handling units shall be provided with the following accessories for the operation of the
unit:
a. Isolating valves at supply and return water lines.
b. Balancing valves at by-pass and main return water line of unit.
c. Three- way modulating valve.
d. Flexible connections at inlet and outlet.
e. Self sealing plugs.
f. Strainer on water inlet (flanged type).
g. Flanges and unions.
h. Automatic air vent.
i. Manometer across return air synthetic fiber pleated filters.

Westbay Villa
17. SPLIT TYPE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (WALL MOUNTED)
17.1.1 General
1. The plant required shall consist of air cooled split type air conditioning unit of wall mounted
type. The unit shall be composed of an indoor unit with refrigerant circuit and an air cooled
outdoor unit for application with R-410A / R-407C / R. 22 refrigerant.
17.1.2 Indoor Unit

1. The indoor Ceiling inline/wall mounted exposed/slim line type A.C unit shall comprise of an
evaporator, evaporator fan, fan motor, air filter, liquid and gas inlets, strainer/drier, controls,
internal wiring and piping all housed in a decorative sheet steel cabinet with banked resin pain
for the decorative free discharge type. The cabinet interior shall be fully insulated to prevent
sweating and to muffle the sound.
2. The evaporator coils shall be the multi-pass, cross-finned tube type, equipped with aluminum
plate fins, mechanically bonded to seamless oxygen free copper tubes. The coil shall be
cleaned, dehydrated and tested for leakage at the factory.
3. The evaporator fan shall be forward curved, centrifugal type, statically and dynamically
balanced and directly driven by the motor. The fan motor shall be permanently lubricated.
The evaporator fan must be selected to operate quietly with no overloading of fan motors.
4. The air filter shall be washable type, long life as per manufacturer’s standard. The panels
should be easily removable to provide access for servicing.
5. The refrigerant circuit shall have one shot coupling for liquid and gas inlets, a strainer, a
capillary tube and an evaporator coil. Slim line Type unit shall be complete with fresh air intake
with sand trap louver and volume damper & insect screen.
17.1.3 Outdoor Unit

1. The outdoor unit shall comprise of air cooled condenser, condenser fan and fan motor, suction
and discharge outlets, liquid line shut-off valves and necessary safety controls such as crank-
case heater, solid state motor protector, anti-recycling control etc., all as per manufacturer’s
standard. The outdoor unit shall be factory assembled, piped internally, pre-wired, charged
with above mention refrigerant and shall be designed to operate at outdoor ambient
temperatures as high as 52°C.
2. The cabinet shall be constructed of steel, finished with baked synthetic resin paint. The fan
guard wire net shall be mounted on top or side of the unit and shall be adequately protected
against corrosion.
3. The unit shall contain a hermetic multi-cylinder reciprocating compressor from the same
manufacturer. The hermetic compressor shall be welded shell type and spring suspended
internally. The compressor shall be protected against breakdown by the mercury over current
relay, pressure switch and an in-built internal thermostat.
4. The condenser coil shall be the multi-pass, cross-finned type, equipped with aluminum plate
fins mechanically bonded to seamless oxygen free copper tubes. The coil shall be cleaned,
dehydrated and tested for leakage at the factory. The condenser fan shall be propeller type
with aluminum blades, statically and dynamically, balanced and driven directly by the motor
for up flow or horizontal air discharge. The motor shall be permanently lubricated and shall be
protected from water invasion. The refrigerant circuit shall be composed of a gas inlet, one
shot coupling, a condenser coil and a liquid outlet one shot coupling.
17.1.4 Unit Control

1. The indoor unit shall be equipped with an operation switch, fan speed selector switch and a
thermostat mounted on the remote control switch for Indoor Units. The operation switch shall
have the function of OFF-FAN-COOL. The operation control shall conform to manual starting,
automatic continuous operation whenever the thermostat requires and protection devices

Westbay Villa
allow. The unit shall be restarted by resetting the operation switch if any one of the protection
devices trips.
17.1.5 Protection Devices

1. The magnetic switch box incorporated in the outdoor or indoor unit shall contain magnetic
contractor for all motors, including condenser fan motor, over current relays and auxiliary
relays.
17.1.6 Noise Level and Sound Isolation (for Split Unit)

1. Noise level inside the conditioned area resulting from the unit shall not exceed 50 dba (NC45)
at low speed and 55dba (NC50) at high speed when measured at one meter distance in a
room with normal occupancy and furnishing.
2. All the running equipment’s shall be isolated from the building structure and the support
isolated from other items of equipment. All the units shall have anti-vibration mountings of
approved make and shall be as described elsewhere.
17.1.7 Electrical Works

1. The electrical works shall include the following:
a. Provide all power and control wiring from isolator to outdoor unit, from outdoor unit to
indoor D.P switch, from D.P switch to indoor unit and the control panel.
b. Provide Earthing for A.C. equipment as per Kahra-maa regulations.
2. All electrical works shall be carried out in conformity with the current I.E.E and Kahra-maa
regulations.
17.1.8 Refrigerant Pipes

1. Refrigerant pipe work between the condensing unit and indoor unit shall be installed as per
applicable ASHRAE standards and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2. Refrigerant quality seamless cold drawn copper piping shall be used. Silver brazing alloy shall
be used for making joints. The pipe work will be run as indicated on the drawings and as per
instructions. All necessary unions, flanged valves or fittings should be provided for
disconnecting.
3. In case the refrigerant piping is fabricated at site, the system shall be pressure tested with
nitrogen to at least 1½ times the working pressure for leaks, vacuum dried and then charged
with refrigerant in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
4. Factory supplied, pre insulated, pre-charged refrigerant piping kit may be used for the split unit
of smaller capacity (upto 2.5 TR nominal). But this refrigerant piping shall be additionally
wrapped with glass cloth and finished with two coats of vapor barrier compound.
17.1.9 Thermal Insulation for Pipes

1. The thermal insulation shall be non-corrosive to the metal, water repellent and fire resistant.
2. Refrigerant suction lines and liquid lines (wherever required) shall be insulated with 19 mm
thick foam rubber insulation. The insulation materials shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval prior to ordering.
3. All pipe surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and treated with approved corrosion inhibitor
before applying insulation.

Westbay Villa
4. The pipe insulation shall be stuck to the pipe work with an approved adhesive. The insulation
shall be applied to the pipes with longitudinal joints staggered; laps and sealing strips shall be
sealed applying adhesive on circumferential joints.
5. Insulation shall be covered externally with 200 gm/sq.m quality glass cloth and painted with
two coats of approved weather proofing compound forming minimum thickness of 1 mm as per
Kahra-maa regulations.
17.1.10 Pipework Supports

1. All refrigerant piping shall be supported to prevent deflection, buckling and vibration.
2. Piping shall be supported at all changes in direction and at intervals of not more than 1.5
meters on straight runs. Pipe supports and clamps shall be subject to approval of the
Engineer.
3. Pipe work on roof shall be supported on off-set clamps, floor or rikker stands. The pipe
support stands shall be bolted to the concrete slab/base.
4. Condensate drain pipe supports shall be capable of vertical adjustment after installation of
piping. Pipe work on roof shall be supported on off-set clamps, floor or rikker stands. The pipe
support stands shall be bolted to the concrete slab/base.
5. All pipe work passing through the walls, floors and roof slabs shall be provided with pipe
sleeves of adequate size to allow the passage of insulation.
18. WINDOW AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

1. Window air-conditioning units shall comprise of direct expansion cooling coil, condenser,
compressor, evaporator and condenser fans and washable filter. The entire air conditioner
assembly shall be mounted on robust chassis which shall be easily removable from the casing
for maintenance.
2. The casing and components shall be of robust construction and all items shall be adequately
protected against corrosion, sun, high outside temperature and humidity and have easy
serviceability.
3. The units shall incorporate all thermostatic controls, safety devices, relays etc., to ensure
efficient and safe operation of the unit.
4. Thermostat of the type lockable at the extreme setting shall not be acceptable. The following
operating controls shall be provided:
a. Fan speed selector to give HIGH-MEDIUM-LOW operation (i.e extra quiet).
b. Unit control knob to give OFF-FAN-COOL functions. The degree of cooling provided
sould be adjustable from a maximum to minimum.
c. Fresh air damper control.
5. The condenser fan shall incorporate a condensate collecting ring in order to allow condensate
to be thrown over the condenser coil.
6. The condenser and evaporator coils shall be made out of copper tubes with aluminium fins.
7. The air conditioners shall be quite in operation. Sound level shall not exceed 55 dbA (NC 50)
at low speed and 60 dbA (NC 55) at high speed when measured at one meter distance in a
room with normal occupancy and furnishing.
19. VIBRATION ISOLATORS

1. All plant shall be isolated from the building structure and the supports isolated from other items
of equipment.

Westbay Villa
2. The chillers shall be provided with suitable anti-vibration mountings. The anti-vibration
mountings shall be installed in accordance with the maker's recommendations and the
Mechanical Contractor shall ensure that the performance and type of isolator is suitable for the
machinery to be installed.
3. The air handling units and chilled water pumps shall have anti-vibration mountings in the
following form:
a. Multi-layer rubber pads with square grid convolutions on both sides, spaced with steel
shims and of a thickness to suit the points of uniform loading of the plant item, but of a
minimum thickness of 32 mm spaced not more than 750 to 1000 mm apart.
4. The condensing unit of split unit shall also have similar A.V. pads as described above.
However, the thickness shall be 10 mm.
20. CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPES

1. Condensate drains shall be provided in copper pipes to BS 2871 Part 1 Table 'X' above
ground and in UPVC to BS 5255 for vertical drops buried in the walls, in floors or below
ground and shall be adequately supported along their length. All condensate drains shall be
fitted with 75 mm deep trap with dirt pocket and removable plug provided and extended to the
nearest drains/soakaways as shown on the drawings. Removable plugs shall be provided at
every change in direction to allow rodding access.
2. All surface mounted condensate drains within the building shall be insulated with 10 mm
thick rubber foam and weather proofed with glass cloth & vapour barrier to the satisfaction of
the Engineer. All exposed pipes external to the building shall be painted with two coats of
paint matching with the building color.
21. DUCTWORK
21.1 General
1. The Contractor shall provide and erect all ductwork including controls, isolating/balancing
dampers, grilles, diffusers and vapor proof insulation to form a complete air distribution system
as indicated on the tender drawings. The Contractor shall balance, test and commission all
installations prior to the Engineer issuing a Completion Certificate. Shop drawings shall be
submitted to the Engineer prior to the commencement of works.
2. All sheet metal ductwork shown on the drawings, specified or required for various air
conditioning and ventilating systems, shall be fabricated and finished from best quality, cold
rolled annealed galvanized mild steel sheets of soft bending quality specially suitable for air
conditioning works. Materials used for ductwork, shall be free from blisters, pits and
imperfections in coating.
3. All bracing and reinforcement angles shall be preferably galvanized or made of black steel
properly cleaned from rust and painted with two prime coats of zinc-chromate paint prior to
installation, as approved by the Engineer. Angles shall be carried around all four sides of
ducts.
4. Reinforcing angles shall be fixed to the ducts by means of bolted joints made with cadmium
plated or galvanized steel hexagonal nuts and bolts with flat steel washers to the following
sizes :
* 25 mm angles : 6 mm diameter bolts at 10 cm center
* 38 mm angles : 8 mm diameter bolts at 10 cm center
5. Pockets, locks, deflectors and all branch ducts which need joints between two sheet metal
pieces, shall be made by aluminum rivets 5 mm diameter by 10 mm length minimum size
having head at one side. Rivets will be as specified in HVAC/DW /142.

Westbay Villa
6. Ductwork shall be so constructed that when erected, it shall be made air tight by tightly sealing
after fabrication and free from movement, sagging or drumming under all operating conditions.
It shall be true to size and accurately lined-up.
7. While the tender drawings shall be adhered to as closely as possible, runs and sizes of
ductwork may be varied only by the Engineer, at no extra cost to the Client, when deemed
necessary for co-ordination purpose with other works.
8. All duct elbows having an inside radius smaller than the width of the elbow shall be equipped
with approved vanes tightly riveted to the duct and in general as shown on the details of the
tender drawings.
9. Approved duct-turn shall be installed in all cases where 90 degree square elbows are used
and short take-offs are used on large ducts. Guide splitter vanes shall not be spaced more
than 15 cm apart.
10. Take-offs from main ducts shall be conical. All take-offs and connections shall be constructed
to minimize pressure loss. All raw edges of ductwork seams, rivets and areas where
galvanizing has been destroyed shall be cleaned, prepared and painted with zinc rich paint at
works and a further coat shall be applied after erection.
11. Allowances shall be made in ductwork construction for instruments and control connections
and adequate local stiffening shall be incorporated to provide rigid mountings.
12. The fabrication of ductwork shall be carried out in accordance with HVAC/DW/142, ASHRAE
or SMACNA standards.
13. Galvanized Sheet Hot dip galvanized steel shall be to ASTM-A527-87 standard, steel
shall be of lock forming quality, zinc coating designation Z-27 or
equivalent approved standard.
14. Flexible Ducting Pre-insulated flexible ducting for the linear diffusers shall be suitable
for low / medium pressure. The inner core shall shield the fibre glass
insulation from the air stream. The outer jacket shall be of very tough
spirally reinforced multi-layer aluminum laminated construction.
15. Duct Sealant Duct sealant shall be non hardening, non migrating mastic or liquid
sealant as compounded and recommended by the manufacturer
specially for sealing joint and seams in the duct.
16. Aluminum Aluminum alloy sheet shall be easy to form and to join and shall have
extra resistance to moist atmosphere (BS 1470).
17. PVC/Polyethylene/GRP Suitable material shall be proposed by the Contractor for Engineer’s
approval.
22. MANUAL DAMPERS
22.1 Damper Quadrants

1. All dampers other than dampers behind registers shall be fitted with substantial locking cast
metal quadrants. Quadrants shall be mounted outside the duct in an accessible position. on
insulated ducts, the quadrants shall be fastened to bearing plates flush with the outside finish
of the insulation.

Westbay Villa
22.2 Volume Control Dampers

1. Manual volume control dampers shall be provided as shown on the drawings or as required
additionally for balancing purposes.The dampers shall have sturdy corrosion resistant
construction. All dampers shall have multi-leaf double skin aerofoil section opposed blades.
Individual blades should not exceed 1200 mm in length or 175 mm in width. Double skin
blades shall be made out of minimum 22 gauge galvanized steel sheet. Damper frames shall
be galvanized made out of 16 gauge steel sheet.
2. Single blade dampers with single skin blade section may be used for damper sizes up to 300 x
150 mm. Single skin blades shall be fabricated from 18 gauge galvanized steel sheet. The
blades shall be securely bolted to plated steel spindles, the ends of which shall be extended to
the outside of the duct with a groove in line with the blade. Spindles shall be carried in brass
or nylon bearings.
3. The control linkage shall be outside the air stream. Clear air flow area equal to the duct size
shall be maintained within the damper frame. Maximum clearance between the blades and
between the blades and the frame shall be limited to 3 mm. It should be noted that the
dampers shall be separate and independent from the dampers, here-after specified to be set
behind registers and diffusers.
22.3 Splitter Dampers

1. At each point of division in a supply duct, where a branch is taken off a trunk, an adjustment
splitter or deflecting damper shall be fitted to the duct, with the operating rod and locking
quadrant as above, with length extending through the duct to externally mounted bearing
plates. These deflecting dampers shall be permanently set and locked in position after
completion of the installation and adjustment. For Phenolic duct system follow manufacturer’s
recommendation on the installation of splitter dampers.
22.4 Non-return Dampers

1. Non-return dampers shall be manufactured similar to duct dampers but shall incorporate
additionally, felt rubber or neoprene strips on long edges of blades to ensure positive shut-off
and quiet closure.
2. Dampers on fresh air inlets shall be similarly edged to prevent ingress of dust and sand
particles.
22.5 Motorized Dampers

1. Motorized dampers shall be provided in the positions indicated on the drawings. Dampers
shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheet or extruded aluminum frame in natural anodized
finish. All dampers shall have multi-leaf double skin aerofoil section opposed blades. The
blade shaft shall be in steel / brass and bearing section in PVC or ball bearings. Dampers
shall be two stage type with motor suitable for 24 volt supply (low voltage) and tied to the timer
for fresh air intake control.
2. Location of all dampers shall be identified by fixing different coloured pins on the false ceiling
tiles.
23. FIRE DAMPERS

1. Fire dampers shall be of the galvanized steel curtain type.
2. The steel blades of the damper curtain shall fold completely upon themselves and be stacked
at one end of the damper outside the air stream. The dampers shall be arranged for vertical
operation as detailed on the drawing.

Westbay Villa
3. The damper fusible links shall be rated at 72°C.

4. The fire dampers shall be constructed generally to the same standards of air tightness as the
rest of the system. Both the curtain and the fusible link shall be accessible for servicing
through air tight inspection doors placed up and down stream wherever possible.
5. Each access door shall be of a minimum size of 450 mm square or full duct width on ducts
less than 450 mm.
6. Each damper shall be rated at 2 hours fire resistance.
7. Dampers shall be fitted in all fire-break walls and other fire barriers as indicated on the
contract drawings.
8. Ducting dampers and casings are to be manufactured in strict compliance with BS 476 Part 8
and appropriate fire and other statutory regulations for fire damper specifications where such
exist (otherwise to HVAC specifications DW/142). The fire damper frame shall not be less than
18 G thick.
9. Any necessary fixing framework shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor.
24. TEST HOLES

1. The test holes shall be provided in the horizontal side of the duct and shall be of 22 mm dia
fitted with an effective removable seal. The test holes shall be located at the following
locations:
a. At fans (in the straight section of duct near to fan outlet)
b. At cooling coils
c. At main branches after regulating dampers
d. At any other position as per Engineer's requirements.
e. Location of test holes shall be marked on the duct surface or on the insulation.
25. FRESH AIR INTAKE AND OUTLET LOUVERES

1. All fresh air inlets shall be fitted with double skin opposed blade volume control dampers, sand
traps, insect wire mesh and filter as indicated on the drawings.
2. All fresh air inlets shall be fitted with aluminum mesh bird screens and louvers in addition to 50
mm thick washable metallic filters. Filter media thickness shall not be less than 45 mm,
having same efficiency as filters for AHUs.
3. Fresh air louvers shall be of extruded aluminum having color / finish as approved by the
Engineer.
4. Louver blade extrusion shall be of a design to prevent ingress of rain and shall be approved by
the Engineer.
5. Exhaust air outlets shall be fitted with aluminum mesh bird screens.
26. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS

1. Flame proof flexible connections shall be fitted on all intake and discharge connections of fans
and air conditioning units for preventing the transmission of vibration through the ducts to
occupied spaces.
2. Flexible connections shall also be provided where ductwork passes across building expansion
joints.
3. Flexible connections shall be factory fabricated from chemically impregnated canvas.
Connections shall fit closely and be secured in airtight fashion to connections to ductwork,
fans and apparatus.

Westbay Villa
4. The material shall have a penetration time of at least fifteen minutes when tested in
accordance with BS 476 and shall remain flexible and without strain or distortion. Flexible
connections shall be 150 mm minimum and 250 mm maximum in length.
27. DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

1. Ductwork shall be supported by means of pre-galvanized fully threaded drop rods and also pre
galvanized mild steel angle/channel sections, with spacing between supports not exceeding
2.4 m and projecting 100 mm on either side to allow for proper insulation.
Rectangular Duct
Maximum Supporting Alternative Rod Bolt
Duct size bottom angle flat iron hanger dia.mm
(longer side) mm iron - mm mm dia. mm
400 25x25x1.5 25x0.8 6 6
600 25x25x3 25x3 8 8
1000 30x30x3 30x3 8 8
1500 40x40x3 40x5 10 10
2000 40x40x4 40x5 10 10
3000 According to 40x6 12 12

circumstances
Circular Duct
Maximum Duct Supporting stirrup Rod hanger Bolt. dia.

dia. mm mm mm
305 25x0.8 6 6
813 30x4.0 8 8
1016 40x5.0 10 8
1524 50x5.0 15 15
2. All channels and angles shall be pre galvanized and shall be painted with a further two coats
of grey paint on exposed metal parts after erection. Ductwork supports shall preferably be
positioned close to dampers, diffusers and all similar equipment. Ductwork supports shall in
general conform to HVAC/DW /142 or SMACNA standards. Galvanized serrated band with
insulating band type supports shall also be acceptable up to duct size of 600 mm except in the
Plant room. Cotractor to sumit complete details for approval before fixing.
28. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS
28.1 General
1. Air outlets and air inlets of an approved make, type and model shall be provided with sizes as
indicated on the drawings. They shall be fitted with sponge rubber gasket behind the frames
and nylon bushings at the blades connection to the frame. All air outlets and inlets shall be of
white powder coated extruded aluminum / custom proprietary finish and a sample of all air
devices must be approved by the Engineer prior to ordering.

Westbay Villa
28.2 Grilles and Registers

1. Supply and return air registers shall have individually adjustable horizontal front blades,
vertical rear blades and shall be equipped with opposed blade dampers. Exhaust air registers
shall be single deflection fixed horizontal blades and be equipped with opposed blade volume
control damper. Exhaust air grilles shall be similar to exhaust air registers but without volume
control dampers.
2. Outside air louvres shall be equipped with insect screen.
3. Wooden frames with grooved jointed pattern shall be used with all grilles and registers and
shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor.
28.3 Diffusers
1. The diffusers shall be fitted with opposed blade volume control dampers as furnished by the
manufacturer. Volume controls for these outlets shall be accessible through the outlet from
below the ceiling and shall maintain their setting, when adjusted. Each diffuser shall be
provided with sponge rubber or felt gasket and angle ring or frame for securing to ductwork.
Return air diffusers shall be identical to supply air diffusers.
2. Diffusers shall be of the type and shape indicated on the drawings, a sample of which must be
approved by the Engineer prior to ordering.
28.4 Door Grilles/Undercuts

1. Door grilles shall be of the inverted 'V' blade type, not permitting vision through the grille
blades and not more than 12 mm apart. Minimum free area shall be at least 50%.Louvres
shall be of the double frame type with a frame on each side of the door.
2. Undercuts shall be provided on doors wherever indicated on the drawings.
28.5 Alternative
1. Contractor can offer circular adjustable diffusers of aluminum construction, however, throw
and noise level should comply with the requirement and specifications. The circular diffusers
shall also be fitted with opposed blade dampers.
Note :
All diffusers, grilles, registers, linear diffusers etc., shall be powder coated including the pattern
adjustment and volume control elements in linear diffusers to match the interior finish or as
advised by the Engineer.
No internal insulation or lining shall be used inside the ducts, plenums etc.
29. ACCESS DOORS

1. Wherever necessary, the Contractor shall provide suitable access openings to permit
inspection, operation and maintenance of all filters, controls, dampers, fire dampers, bearings
or other apparatus. Doors shall be of double skin construction of not less than 20 gauge metal
sheet and shall have sponge rubber gaskets around their entire perimeter. On insulated
ductwork, the space between the inner and outer door sheets shall be insulated as specified
for ductwork and insulation thickness be equal to duct insulation. All access doors in sheet
metal shall be air tight and shall be hinged or lift-off type and secured in the closed position by
means of cam latches.
30. SOUND ATTENUATORS

1. All air ductworks shall be attenuated to limit the noise level to the values specified in the
design criteria. The method of fabrication and supporting ducts should be such as to avoid
generation of noise because of air movement or drumming of sheet metal.

Westbay Villa
2. The silencers shall be provided in the supply and return air ducts as shown on the tender
drawings. The silencers shall be constructed and tested according to BS 4773 Part 1971 and
ASHRAE Standard 36 B-63 for dynamic insertion loss, self generated noise and aerodynamic
performance. The outer casing of the silencers shall be constructed of 22 gauge galvanized
sheet steel. Baffles shall be made of 24 gauge perforated galvanized steel, filled with an
odourless, incombustible, vermin and moisture proof inorganic sound absorbing material. The
fill shall be compressed 10% and shall be of a density sufficient to meet catalogued
performance. The acoustical fill shall have the following minimum ratings - flame spread not
over 25, smoke developed not over 20. The silencers construction shall be such that
perforated sheet shall cover the black neoprene sheet over the insulation in order to avoid
ingress of fiber particles.
3. The silencers shall be complete with flanges to facilitate their removal for inspection.
Externally, the silencers shall be insulated in the same manner as the adjoining air ducting.
The Contractor shall carry out sound absorption calculations with respect to the characteristics
and the duct system to ensure the proper selection of silencers.
31. PIPEWORK AND FITTINGS
31.1 General
1. Each part of the system of piping shall be complete in all details and provided with all control
valves and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation. The tender drawings indicate
generally the sizes of all main piping but the right is reserved to modify the runs of piping to
accommodate conditions during construction.
2. All piping shall be grouped wherever practical and shall be erected to present a neat
appearance. Pipes shall be parallel to each other and paralleled or at right angles to structural
members of the building and shall give maximum possible headroom. Piping shall not pass in
front of door ways or windows and shall be generally arranged so that it is at least 2.5 cm from
the finished wall face. Sufficient space is to be allowed for accessibility, servicing and proper
insulation works.
3. Sleeves shall be provided for pipes passing through walls or slabs. Pipes shall be pitched for
proper circulation and drainage.
4. Run-outs shall be graded in such a manner as to prevent air traps being formed within them
when the mains expand or contract. Automatic or open vents are to be provided at high
points, piped to suitable drains or terminating over expansion tanks wherever possible.
5. All drain piping shall pitch down in the direction of flow. All low points of the system must be
fitted with drain valves to allow the complete draining of the system. Bottom of all risers must
have dirt pockets of the size of riser and at least 15 cms long with a drain valve fitted. All
water piping to equipment and valves shall be connected with either flanges or unions for
dismantling and removal. All piping shall be reamed after cutting to remove all burrs.
6. All reductions in sizes of piping in the direction of downward pitch shall be installed with
eccentric fittings to maintain a level top.
7. Approved pipe fittings shall be used and bending of pipes will not normally be allowed, except
that bending of black steel pipes 50 mm nominal diameter and smaller shall be permitted,
where space conditions allow for a bending radius of at least 10 times the diameter of the
pipe. A hydraulic pipe bender shall be used to bend all pipes. Bends showing kinks, wrinkles
or other malformations will not be acceptable. Cutting and shutting of bends will not be
permitted.
8. Alternatively, Contractor can provide mechanical grooved system fittings with companion
couplings. The complete grooved system shall be submitted for Engineer’s approval and shall
meet ISO 9001 certification.
9. Piping shall not be installed passing through ductwork or directly under electric light outlets or
extend beyond footing lines, as determined by the drawings.

Westbay Villa
10. In placing pipes through sleeves, near walls, partitions or in chases, care must be taken to
provide sufficient space for pipe covering. Where pipes are held in vices, as and when
screwing, care shall be taken to ensure that the pipe surface is not damaged. Any pipe work
so damaged shall not be fitted.
11. All pipes stored on site shall be kept clear of the ground and where possible stored under
cover. Pipes corroded beyond normal 'stock-rust' condition shall not be used. Special care
should be taken to prevent dirt and foreign materials entering open ends of pipes during
erection. A valve fitted to the open end of a disconnected pipe will not be considered
satisfactory to prevent entry of foreign matter.
12. Screwed iron caps or plugs or plastic covers shall be used to seal pipe ends. Wood, rag
paper or other make-shift plugs will not be permitted.
13. Before connecting up to return mains, the system of piping must be blown and flushed out.
After flushing, all strainers shall be opened and baskets cleaned.
14. Liberal allowances shall be made for expansion and contraction of pipes by means of changes
in the direction or by the inclusion of expansion joints in the piping system.
31.2 Condensate Drain Pipes

1. Condensate drains shall be as described elsewhere in the specifications.
31.3 Chilled Water Pipes

1. Chilled water pipes shall be black ERW mild steel to BS 1387 - 1957 and BS 3601 Grade B
ERW . Screwed fittings shall be used for 50 mm pipes and smaller. W elding fittings shall be
used for 65 mm pipes and larger. Branch welds will not be permitted. Screwed fittings shall
be 125 lbs, black malleable iron. Welding fittings shall be steel medium duty compatible with
the piping.
2. Sufficient number of unions shall be provided near the coils and valves for easy dismantling.
The temperature conditions for chilled water pipes are mentioned in the Design Data.
31.4 Weding
1. Where shown on the drawings or specified or directed, welded joints, outlets and flanges shall
be used.
2. Care shall be taken to ensure that welding metal or flux does not project into the bore of the
pipe. All welds shall be of good clean metal, free from slag and porosity, of even thickness
and contour, well fused with the parent metal, hammered on completion and finished smooth.
3. The Engineer reserves the right to have cut for examination 2% of all welds made. The
Contractor shall remake the joints at no extra charge.
4. All welded joints (except pipe welded end to end) shall be made by use of forged one piece,
welding flanges, caps, elbows, branch outlets and tees of approved make. All such fittings
etc., shall be of a type which maintains full wall thickness at all points, ample radius, fillets and
proper levels or shoulders at ends.
5. All joint welding may be by the electric arc or acetylene process.
6. Wherever welded piping connections to equipment, valves or other units needing
maintenance, servicing or requiring possible removal, the connecting joints shall be by means
of unions or flanges.
7. Pressure rating of the flanges shall match the pressure rating of the flanges on the equipment
to which the pipe connects.
8. Alternatively, Contractor can provide grooved mechanical system fittings with companion
couplings as per the details below:

Westbay Villa
31.5 Grooved Piping System

1. Grooved mechanical pipe couplings, fittings and other grooved components may be used as
an option to welding, threading or flanged methods. All grooved components shall be of one
manufacturer, and conform to local code approval and/or as listed by ANSI-B-31.1, B-31.3, B-
31.9, ASME, UL/ULC, FM IAPMO or BOCA. Grooved end product manufacturer to be ISO-
9001 certified. Grooved couplings shall meet the requirements of ASTM F-1476.
31.5.1 Pipe/Grooved
1. Carbon Steel, A-53B/A-106B Grade B - Roll or cut grooved-ends as appropriate to pipe
material, wall thickness, pressures, size and method of joining. Pipe ends to be grooved in
accordance with manufacturer current listed standards conforming to ANSI/AWWA C-606.
Mechanical Couplings for Joining Carbon Steel Pipe

1. Mechanical couplings shall be rigid couplings with angle pad design (Rigid Zero Flex).
Flexible couplings shall be used wherever flexibility is desired. Noise and vibration reduction
at mechanical equipment connections is achieved by installing three flexible couplings near
the vibrations source. Couplings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,
Grade 65-45-15 or malleable iron conforming to ASTM A-47, Grade 32510. Manufacturer to
be ISO-9001 certified.
2. Reducing Mechanical Couplings -Use reducing couplings for pipe runs for direct reduction on
2" (DN50) through 8" (DN200) pipe sizes.
3. Mechanical Coupling Bolts -Mechanical Coupling bolts shall be zinc plated (ASTM B-633)
heat treated carbon steel track head conforming to physical properties of ASTM A-183,
minimum tensile strength 110,000 psi (758450 kPa). Optional Type 304 or 316 stainless
steel bolts per ASTM A-193, Grade B8 or B8M class where required.
Flange Adapters
1. ANSI Flange Adapters -For sizes from 2"-24" (DN50-DN600), use flange adapters suitable
for connection to ANSI class 125/150 – class 250/300 flanged components. Cast of ductile
iron conforming to ASTM A-395, Grade 65-45-15.
2. PN Flange Adapters - For sizes 2"-24" (DN50-DN600), use flange adapters suitable for
connection to PN10 OR PN16 flanged components. Cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM
A-395, Grade 65-45-15.
Gaskets
1. All the gaskets shall be manufactured by the same source of couplings and fittings to secure
compatibility. These shall be Grade ‘E’ EPDM compound (green color coded) conforming to
ASTM D-2000 designation 2CA615A25B24F17Z. Grade ‘E’ gaskets are UL / ULC classified
to ANSI / NSF 61 for cold + 86°F (+30°C.) and hot + 180°F (+82°C.) potable water service.
Temperature operating range -30°F to +230°F (-34°C to +110°C).
Grooved End Fittings and Coatings

1. Fittings shall be full flow ductile iron fittings, steel fittings or segmentally welded fittings with
grooves designed to accept manufacturer’s grooved end couplings.
Standard Grooved End Fittings

1. These shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, Grade 65-45-15, or malleable
iron conforming to ASTM A-47, Grade 32510, carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-234,
Grade WPB 0.375" wall (9,53 mm wall), or fabricated of Std. Wt. carbon steel pipe
conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F, E or S, Grade B. All fittings must conform to the pipe
used as in regards to the wall thickness.
Note: Use Dielectric Waterway when connecting dissimilar metals in liquid systems.

Westbay Villa
1. Coatings - Standard grooved end fittings and couplings can be provided with an alkyd
enamel finish. Fittings and couplings can also be hot dip galvanized to ASTM A-153. Zinc
electroplated fittings and couplings conform to ASTM B633. Fittings and mechanical tees
should be coated to comply with that of the pipes.
31.6 Valves for Chilled Water System

1. Gate valves of 125 psig W SP shall be used for shut-off purposes and globe valves of 125
psig WSP shall be used for balancing purposes.
2. Shut-off valves shall be installed on both sides of all equipment.
3. Check valves shall be installed at the discharge end of pumps.
4. Balancing valves shall be installed on the return lines of air handling units and chillers or as
detailed in the schedules. Valves, 50 mm and smaller shall be screwed connection. Valves,
65 mm and above shall be flanged type with companion flanges.
Valves upto 50 mm
1. Bronze Gate Valves
Bronze gate valves shall be solid wedge disk, non rising stem screwed in bonnet and shall
be minimum PN16. Valves shall be manufactured in accordance with BS 5154 PN16
Series B and shall preferably have Kitemark. Hand wheel shall be of aluminum.
2. Bronze Globe Valves
Bronze globe valves shall incorporate spherical shape disk spum on upto 1½" size and one
size 2" detailed by threaded ring and shall be minimum PN16. Body seat shall be integral
and narrow contact angle type. Valves shall be manufactured in accordance with BS 5154
PN16 Series B and shall preferably have Kitemark. Hand wheel shall be of aluminum.
3. Bronze Double Regulating Valves
Bronze double regulating valves shall be Y pattern having characterized throttling disk
tending towards equal percentage performance. Valve shall have integral square edged
entrance orifice plate and insertion test points. Fitting valve shall be minimum PN16. DRV-
valve opening shall have setting with an allen key and operation by means of the microset.
4. Bronze Swing Check Valves
Bronze swing check valves shall have disk and connected to hinges by a spud and nut and
free to rotate. The hinge shall be mounted on a hinge pin and free to rotate in internal lugs.
Valve shall be manufactured to BS 5154 PN16 for Series B rating and shall be Kite
marked.
31.7 Flanged Valves 65 mm and above

1. Gate Valves
Gate valves shall be of cast iron body, bronze disc, bronze seat ring and shall be
manufactured and tested in accordance with BS 5163 and BS 5150 and their amendment.
All valves shall be double flanged (BS 4504 - PN16) and shall be inside screw, solid wedge
and non-rising stem type. All valves shall be suitable to use with water temperature upto
50°C. Hand wheel shall be marked with ‘open’ and ‘close’ with arrow in appropriate
direction.
2. Globe Valves
Globe valves shall be of cast iron body, bronze disc, bronze seat ring and shall be
manufactured and tested in accordance with BS 5152 and their amendment. All valves shall
be double flanged (BS 4504 - PN16). All valves shall be non-rising stem type and suitable to
use with water temperature upto 50°C. Hand wheel shall be marked with ‘open’ and ‘close’
with arrow in appropriate direction.

Westbay Villa
31.8 Screwed Joints on Steel Piping

1. Screwed joints shall be clean threaded, pulled up tightly and made with approved joining
compound and long strand hemp. After joints have been formed, all surplus hemp shall be cut
away and the joints wiped clean. W here pipes are galvanized, care shall be taken to ensure
that threads are carefully cut so that the number of exposed threads is minimized.
31.9 Flanged Joints

1. All flanged joints shall be flush and truly aligned and made with approved brass corrugated
rings or compressed asbestos in compositions. Flanges for connection to welded pipe shall be
'slip-on' or 'welding-neck' standard steel type, made as called for in the schedules. Flanges or
unions shall be provided on straight runs at not greater than 12 m intervals.
31.10 Unions
1. Unions are required on pipe sizes 50 mm and under. Unions shall be ground taper joint type,
good for 150 psi working pressure.
31.11 Strainers
1. Approved strainers shall be provided in the suction line of each pump and at the inlet
connections to each feeder and connections to each automatic control valve. The intention is
to protect by strainers, all apparatus of an automatic nature, whose proper functioning would
be impaired by dirt on the seat or by scoring of the seat. All strainers shall be suitable for
pressure as stipulated for the system concerned and shall be inspected and pressure tested at
works.
2. All strainers shall be 'Y' type cast iron or bronze bodied of ample strength for the pressure to
which they shall be subjected and suitable flanges to connect with the piping they serve.
Strainer basket screens shall be of stainless steel/brass and shall be of ample strength to
prevent collapsing of the basket under shock loading.
3. 'Y' type strainer, size 65 mm and above shall be fitted with drain cock and threaded nipple.
One roll (30 meter length) of flexible plastic hose shall be supplied loose, suitable for
connection to the drain cocks.
31.12 Perforations shall be in accordance with the following table :

Size of pipe Perforation size Number of perforation per sq. inch
Up to 32 mm 1/64 inch 968
50 to 100 mm 1/32 inch 413
100 mm & above 3/64 inch 161
31.13 Flexible Connections and Expansion Joints

1. Expansion joints shall be fitted in straight lengths of pipe at distances not exceeding 18
meters unless otherwise approved by the Consultant.
2. All flexible couplings and expansion joints must be selected so that the working pressure,
temperature and movement encountered will not be more than 75% of that allowable for the
joint selected. One side of the joints must have all piping and/or adjacent equipment
adequately anchored. The other side must be supported, aligned and guided so as to allow
free movement without imposing unnecessary stresses on the joints.
3. Expansion joints shall have integral duck flanges. They shall have individual solid steel ring
reinforced with a carcass of highest grade woven cotton or acceptable synthetic fiber. Joints
shall be constructed to pipe line size and to meet working pressure conditions, face
measurements etc., as designated. They shall be of an arch type construction with the

Westbay Villa
number of arches (corrugations) dependant on projected movement. All joints must be finish-
coated with eypalon paint to prevent ozone attack.
4. Split back or retaining rings shall be furnished. Joints size 2" and below shall have threaded
malleable iron unions on both sides. All joints shall be suitable for minimum test pressure of
one and a half times the working pressure or 225 ft. of water, whichever is higher.
5. Flexible connections shall be provided to AHUs, FCUs, pumps, chillers etc., in order to
prevent transmission of vibration to pipework.
31.14 Automatic Air Vents

1. At all high points in the system, an automatic air vent shall be fitted. Air vents shall be of
brass body and shall be of the float type. The size and working pressure shall be as per the
schedule. Automatic air vents shall be connected to the nearest drain.
31.15 Air Cocks and Bottles

1. Air bottles shall be formed from 1.5 m length of pipe one size larger than the pipe being
vented. A 15 mm pipe fitted with 15 mm needle valve shall be welded into top and taken to
low level. These items shall be fitted so that they are not concealed and are readily
accessible. Where equipment is cased, vents shall be extended so that they can be operated
from the outside of the casing.
31.16 Pipe Supports, Hangers and Anchors

1. All supports and hangers for steel piping shall be ferrous. Supports for copper pipes shall be
non-ferrous and chromium plated, wherever specified. Brackets or supports shall be set out so
that they do not obstruct the access to valves, flanges or other fittings requiring maintenance.
All pipework shall be supported by means of approved clips or hangers at centers as detailed.
In the event of two or more pipes being carried by a single support, the spacing shall be of a
shorter interval.
2. All vertical drops shall be supported so as to prevent sagging or swinging. Unless otherwise
indicated, pipe hangers shall be spaced as follows:
a. 20 to 32 mm - Not over 2.4 m apart - 10 mm rods
b. 40 to 100 mm - Not over 3.0 m apart - 15 mm rods
c. Over 100 mm - Not over 3.6 m apart - 22 mm rods
3. Horizontal steel pipes on the roof shall be supported to prevent sagging or swinging. The
pipes supports spacing shall be as follows:
a. 20 to 32 mm - 2.4 m
b. 40 to 65 mm - 3.0 m
c. 80 to 100 mm - 3.6 m
d. 125 to 250 mm - 4.5 m
4. Piping of all equipment and control valves shall be supported to prevent strains or distortions in
the connected equipment, valves and control valves. Piping shall be supported to allow for
removal of equipment, valves and accessories with a minimum of dismantling and without
requiring additional supports after these items are removed.
5. All channels, angles, plates, clamps etc., necessary for fastening of hangers shall be furnished
by the Contractor. All hangers shall be properly sized for the pipe to be supported. Oversized
hangers shall not be permitted. Details of hangers and supports to be used by the Contractor
shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before fitting. All hangers shall be provided with
lock-nuts and have provision for vertical adjustment of pipes.
6. Parallel groups of pipes shall be supported by trapeze type hangers of steel construction.
Individual horizontal piping shall be supported by hangers consisting of malleable split rings
with malleable iron sockets or steel clevis type hangers or roller hangers where specified. Pipe
standard with base flange and adjustable type yokes shall be used for pipes supported from

Westbay Villa
the floor. Vertical piping shall have heavy wrought iron or steel clamps securely bolted on the
piping with the end extension bearings on the building construction.
7. Piping shall be anchored where required to localize expansion or to prevent undue strain on
piping and branches. Anchors shall be entirely separate from hangers and shall be heavy
forged or welded construction of approved design.
8. Hangers and supports for cold piping shall have tongue and groove design rubber support
inserts of approved make or high density insulation capable of withstanding the compression
and allowing the hanger to support the pipe without any metal to metal contact.
9. All internal pipe supports, hangers and anchors etc., are to be painted with two coats of an
approved rust preventive paint, preferably zinc rich primer and two coats of enamel paint of
grey color or as approved by the Engineer.
10. All external pipe supports including for chiller yard pumproom and plantroom roof etc., shall be
finally painted with two coats of enamel paint of grey color or as approved by the Engineer.
31.17 Pipe Sleeves

1. All pipe openings through walls, partitions and slabs shall have sleeves having an internal
diameter at least 25 mm larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or of the insulation for
insulated services. All the building expansion joints shall also be provided with pipe sleeves.
The pipe with insulation shall be carried through the walls, floor or roof slab and pipe sleeves
around them shall be projected minimum 50 mm on either sides of the wall, floor and roof
slab.
2. Pipes passing through interior partitions shall be provided with sleeves of 22 gauge
galvanized sheet steel set flush with finished wall surfaces.
31.18 Flashing Sleeves

1. Flashing sleeves shall be provided where pipes pass through water proof membranes.
Flashing sleeves details shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval, but generally, they
shall be provided with an integral flange set into the membrane. The associated pipes shall
have flange and shield which shall extend beyond the insert and be sealed with approved
mastic.
32. INSULATION
32.1 General
1. All insulating materials required for piping, mechanical equipment, ductwork etc., shall be
furnished and installed under this section of the specifications. The thermal insulation shall be
non-corrosive to the metal, water repellent and fire-retardant.
2. All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and treated with approved corrosion inhibitor
before applying insulation. Inhibitor coating will not be required for galvanized surfaces. All
surfaces to be insulated shall be dry and free of loose scale, dirt, oil or water, when insulation
is applied. Application and completion shall be of highest quality and shall comply with BS
5244 and CP 3005.
3. Insulation shall be carried out neatly and to a high standard by skilled workers, experienced in
the trade. Insulation shall be applied in such a manner that there will be no air circulation
within the insulation or between the insulation and the applied surface.
4. Surface imperfections in the insulation such as chipped edges, small joints or cracks and small
voids not over 25 mm square shall be filled with light insulating material or with insulating
cement. Samples of all materials proposed for use shall be submitted.
5. All duct flanges, stiffeners and inspection doors etc., shall be insulated in accordance with the
recommended practices and to the Engineer's approval. W here a vapour barrier is fixed at
site, it shall be fixed in such a manner as to obviate the possibility of moisture penetration.

Westbay Villa
6. No piping, ducts or equipment shall be insulated until tested and approved for air/water
tightness.
7. Insulation for all services shall be continued through sleeves. The insulation on exposed
risers extend through the floor slab. All materials including fixing and furnishing materials shall
be rated Grade 'P' when tested for ignitability as defined in BS 476 - Part 4.
32.2 Thermal Insulation to Ductwork (Internal) and Exhaust Ducts (Internal / External)
1. Ductwork internal to the building shall be insulated with 25 mm thick rigid fiber glass insulation
3
of 48 kg/m density covered with re-inforced aluminum foil. The insulation for the round
3
ductwork shall be flexible fiber glass blanket of not less than 24 kg/m density with reinforced
aluminum foil and thickness of 50 mm compressed to 25 mm during application. The
Contractor shall ensure that the surface to be insulated is completely cleaned and free from
dust before applying the insulation.
2. The method of application shall be as follows:
a. An approved adhesive material shall be applied on the entire surface of duct-wall and
entire surface of insulation. In addition, adhesive shall also be applied on insulation butt
and lap joints. The adhesive applied to the insulation shall cover evenly the faces to be
fixed, the surfaces forming the longitudinal joint and the surfaces forming the
circumferencial joint. Upon the application of the approved adhesive, the insulation shall
be fixed in position immediately and permanently.
b. Adhesive tape, not less than 75 mm wide, shall be used to seal both the circumferencial
and longitudinal joints. Suitable GI angle edges shall be applied on the four corners of
square and rectangular ducts as an additional protection.
c. Cover and secure 200 g/sq. meter high quality glass cloth while it is wet (soaked in
approved vapor sealant) and then wrap carefully to become a vapor seal with a smooth
surface free from wrinkling and gaps. Ensure that the overlap shall be 50 mm minimum.
After it is dry, apply further brush coats of vapor seal to the Engineer's satisfaction. The
vapor seal material shall be fire-resistant, non-toxic, weather resistant and of anti-fungus
quality.
32.3 Thermal Insulation to External Ductwork

1. Ductwork external to the building shall be insulated in the same manner as the internal
ductwork but the insulation thickness shall be 50 mm and covered with glass cloth.
2. For insulating the underside of the internal and external ducts whose longest side is more than
600 mm, apply plastic hangers and washers riveted to the duct as additional supports.
Hangers shall be provided at 300 mm centers.
32.4 Thermal Conductivity

1. The duct insulation (both internal and external) shall have a thermal conductivity of 0.036
W/M°C. at a mean temperature of 24°C.
32.5 Chilled Water Piping Insulation (Inside & Outside the Building)
1. Pipe insulation shall be 50 mm thick for pipes upto 6" dia and 75 mm thick for 8" dia and
above. The insulation shall be sectional rigid fiber glass having thermal conductivity of
3
maximum 0.036 W/M°C. at mean temperature of 24°C. with density of 96 kg/m , bonded to
conform to pipe, with a factory applied flame retardant vapor barrier jacket of aluminum foil,
laminated to Kraft paper with a flame retardant type adhesive.
2. Each joint shall be sealed by using 75 mm wide aluminum foil adhesive tape and the whole
shall be covered with 200 g/sq.m. high quality glass cloth securely wrapped and all joints
lapped and sealed with vapor seal, followed by two coats of weather proofing compound of
approved make to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Westbay Villa
32.6 Pipe Cladding

1. Exposed pipework on the roof inside AHU rooms, chiller yard and in Pump room shall be
provided with aluminum cladding of thickness 0.63 mm. The cladding material shall be
submitted to the Engineer for his approval. All underground chilled water piping shall be pre
insulated and all piping passing through road shall be concrete encased.
32.7 Insulation of Pumps, Valves and 'Y' Strainers

1. Pumps, valves of size 80 mm and above and strainer insulation shall be removable and
replaceable covers consisting of 0.63 mm aluminum sheet metal jacket lined with 50 mm thick
rigid fiber glass insulation. The insulation shall have an average thermal conductivity not
exceeding 0.22 Btu/in. sq.ft.°F/hr.
2. All voids between insulation and pump housing shall be filled with microlite fibre glass
insulation or approved equal. Closure joints of the metal casing shall be vapour sealed after
the covers are in place.
32.8 Vapour Seal and Adhesives
1. The vapour seal material shall be fire resistant non toxic, weather resistant and have anti
rodent and anti fungal properties.
2. Bitumen product shall not be used.
3. The vapour seal material shall be approved by the client in writing prior to use.
32.9 Pre insulated under Ground Chilled water pip

1. All underground chilled water pipework shall be pre insulated.
2. The system shall be non corrosive, non metallic, structurally strong completely waterproof and
entirely resistance to attack by salt, water and all ground chemicals normally encountered.
3. The system manufacturer shall have fabricated systems of the composition defined here at
least two years.
4. All straight sections fittings, anchors end seals and other accessories shall be prefabricated to
the project dimensions. The design shall be such to minimize the number of field welds.
5. The system design shall be in corformance with the latest editions of ANSI 331.1
6. Pipe movement due to thermal expansion shall be accommodated with expansion loops or
elbows.
7. The system manufacturer shall provide an integral leak detection/location system factory
installed within the piping syatem. The leak detection system shall be connected to a leak
detection panel.
8. The complete system shall be computer designed and analysed by the piping system
manufacturer to determine stress and anticipated thermal movement of the pipework.
9. PVC warning tapes shall be provided 300 mm above the buried throughout the length of the
buried pipe.

Westbay Villa
33. EXHAUST FANS
33.1 General
1. Exhaust fans shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor as shown on the drawings.
Capacity, type and rating of the fans shall be as indicated in the schedule. The fan motors and
switches shall be in accordance with this specification regarding electrical works. Fixing
details shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All roof fans shall be
suitable to operate for 50°C. ambient temperature.
33.2 Pressurisation Fans

1. Fans shall be suitable for use outdoor and an outdoor temperature of 131˚F ( 55˚C) The
pressurization fan shall be of heavy steel construction, centrifugal type. The impeller shall be
of BC or BI centrifugal type, statically and dynamically balanced.
2. The fan motor and drive components shall be out of the air stream. The fan shall be provided
with accessible electrical isolator (disconnect switch). The fan drive assembly shall be
provided with an adjustable pitch pulley to adjust the fan speed for air balancing the air
quantity. The fan shall be provided with a drain connection for drainage of grease, water, or
other residue and a grease trap of aluminum construction to collect grease residue, avoiding
drainage onto ceiling surface.
3. The selection of the fans shall be made using a safety factor of +20% for the calculated
maximum fan static air pressure requirement and +15% for the design fan supply air volume
flow rate.
33.3 Wall Exhaust Fan

1. The wall mounted extract fans shall be sheet metal propeller type having totally enclosed,
Class 'B' insulation, shaded pole/capacitor, start/run motor in aluminium alloy casing,
protected by thermal overload cut-out having the following components.
a. Box enclosure including electrical terminal box.
b. Non lubricating ball bearings.
c. Fan casing, fan impeller and tightly sealed dust proof fan motor.
d. Automatic shutter and outer grille.
e. Fans shall be low speed for silent operation.
2. As an alternative, heat resistant plastic fans, if offered shall have the above components
except for the fan casing and impeller construction. The Contractor shall also produce a
certificate of approval from Qatar Fire Department and further it shall be subject to the
approval of the Engineer.
33.4 Smoke Evacuation Fan

1. Designed for exhaust of smoke to meet the NFPA 90A and able to operate for two hours in
smoke mode at 400 deg.C
2. Smoke fans should be related to bifurcated fan categories and the motor should be isolated
from the air stream in a tunnel which extends to one side of the fan casing, the motor is cooled
by a cooling separate fan mounted on the tail end of the motor. Smoke fan should be complete
with:
A. In-Line Axial fan.
The cylindrical casing
Flanged joint connections.
Mounting frame to support drive and to permit mounting of fan on any side.
Stiffening angles to maintain housing shape.

Westbay Villa
Air foil blades in diffuser section.
Finished with 2 coats of enamel primer.
B. Fan Blades
Axial flow, Aerofoil inline type.
Air foil shaped blades.
Statically and dynamically balanced.
Fittings for lubricating bearing with the fan housing.

Blades should be designed from steal alloy to provide stability at the higher
temperatures.
C. The special greaser:

Required for fan motor operating above 400 °C and the motor bearing and greases
should be selected to provide long life under the designed, smoke mode, conditions.
Fans must be sited away from the fire zone to ensure a supply ambient air to motor
compartment (65 °C Max)
33.5 Fresh air fan Centrifugal type

1. Axial or Centrifugal belt driven in line supply fan shall be constructed of heavy gauge
galvanized steel. The fan wheel shall be axial type and shall be statically and dynamically
balanced.
2. Motors shall be heavy duty ball bearing type carefully matched to the fan load and furnished at
the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Motors and drives shall be mounted out of the
airstream for motor be readily accessible for maintenance.
3. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. pulleys shall be of the fully
machined cast iron type keyed and securely attached to the wheel of the motor shafts. Motor
pulley shall be adjustable for final system balancing.
4. A NEMA 1 disconnect switch shall be provided with standard factory wiring shall be provided
from motor to the handy box.
5. All fans shall bear the AMCA Certified ratings seal for both sound and air performance.
6. Each fan shall bear a permanently affixed manufacturers nameplate containing the model
number and individual serial number for identification.
33.6 Roof Exhaust air fan Centrifugal type

1. Axial or Centrifugal belt driven in line supply fan shall be constructed of heavy gauge
galvanized steel. The fan wheel shall be axial type and shall be statically and dynamically
balanced.
2. Motors shall be heavy duty ball bearing type carefully matched to the fan load and furnished at
the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Motors and drives shall be mounted out of the
airstream for motor be readily accessible for maintenance.
3. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. pulleys shall be of the fully
machined cast iron type keyed and securely attached to the wheel of the motor shafts. Motor
pulley shall be adjustable for final system balancing.
4. A NEMA 1 disconnect switch shall be provided with standard factory wiring shall be provided
from motor to the handy box.
5. All fans shall bear the AMCA Certified ratings seal for both sound and air performance.
6. Each fan shall bear a permanently affixed manufacturers nameplate containing the model
number and individual serial number for identification.

Westbay Villa
33.7 Basement Carpark exhaust and fresh air fan centrifugal floor mounted
1. Centrifugal Floor Mounted Exhaust Fan ( 2-Speed Motor )
A. Exhaust fan shall be of the centrifugal type with backward inclined wheels. The housing
shall be of continuously welded heavy gauge steel with the bearing support shall be
constructed of welded structural steel members to prevent vibration and rifidly support the
shaft and bearings.
B. The fan wheel shall be of the non overloading backward inclined centrifugal type. The
wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The wheel cone and fan inlet cone
shall be carefully matched and shall have precise running tolerance for maximum
performance and operating efficiency
C. Precision ground and polished steel shaft shall be sized so the first critical speed is at
least 25% over the maximum operating speed for each pressure class, close tolerance
shall be maintained where the shaft passes through the bearing.
D. Bearings shall be heavy duty grease lubricated, self aligning ball bearing or roller pillow
block type. Bearing shall be selected for a minimum (L50) life of 200,000 hours at
maximum operating speed for each pressure class. Fan performance shall be based on
test and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA publication 211 and comply with
the requirements of AMCA certified ratings program. Fans shall be licensed to bear the
AMCA seal
E. After assembly each fan shall be given an electronic vibration analysis while running at the
specified operating RPM. Vibration amplitude and frequency shall be recorded in the
horizontal, vertical and axial planesof each bearing to assure smooth vibration free
operation. The analyzer print out shall filed and made available upon customer request
F. Centrifugal fans shall be BIDW ( backward inclined doubled width )
34. INSTRUMENTS AND GAUGES
34.1 Stem Type Thermometers

1. Range : 20 to 120°F.
2. Size : 9 inches long
3. Location : At inlet & outlet of chillers and inlet & outlet of AHUs.
4. Type : Colored alcohol in glass
34.2 Thermometer Wells

1. Location : At inlet and outlet of all chillers / air handling units
2. Purpose : To accommodate stem type thermometers
Water Pressure Gauges
3. Size : 4 inches in diameter
4. Components : Pig tail and vent cock
5. Location : Inlet and outlet of all pumps and chillers, to be selected in a way to ensure needle
position at midrange during operation of the equipment.
6. Range : 0 to 100 psig, unless otherwise advised by the Engineer.
34.3 Manometers
1. Inclined type differential pressure manometers shall be installed to measure the pressure drop
across the filters. The manometers shall be provided across mixed return air filters at each air

Westbay Villa
handling unit. The manometers shall be of metallic construction and shall be suitable for
outdoor installation.
34.4 Test Plugs

1. Self-sealing test plugs of 6 mm size shall be installed and shall be suitable for receiving
pressure and temperature probes. The test plugs shall have brass body and neoprene core.
Self-sealing type test plugs shall be installed at inlet and outlet of each chiller, cooling coil,
across control valves and at other locations indicated on the drawings/specifications.
35. ELECTRICAL WORKS
35.1 General
1. All electrical works and materials shall be as described under the Electrical specifications and
shall conform to the regulations of Ministry of Electricity and Water.
2. All electrically operated equipment shall be so designed that it will continue to function without
damage to itself or otherwise, if the voltage and/or frequency vary within the following
tolerances:
Voltage -± 6%
Frequency -± 0.3%
3. All electrically operated equipment shall be suitable for continuous and prolonged operation
within the ambient temperature or exposed condition to the atmosphere where they are
installed to operate. Allowance for the local high ambient temperature shall be made by
reducing the permitted rise of temperature above ambient or by derating the capacity and
ratings.
35.2 Electrical Motors

1. All motors shall be designed to suit the maximum temperature of air passing over the motors
and the additional temperature rise caused by exposure to the sun. The type of winding
insulation shall, however, be not less than Class 'B'. The motors for exhaust fans shall have
the insulation suitable to operate on 50°C. ambient temperature.
2. All motors smaller than 0.50 kW shall be designed to operate on single phase. All motors 0.75
kW and above shall be designed to operate on three phase. All motors shall be wound for 240
volts, single phase, or 415 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz, A.C. system.
3. Any motors brought to site not complying with above mentioned voltage and insulation
requirements shall not be accepted.
35.3 Electrical Wiring

1. All power cabling up to and including isolators to the control panels in Plant rooms,
Pumproom, Chiller yard roof and fan controlled isolator as indicated on the drawing shall be
carried out by the Electrical Contractor. The electric supply shall be terminated into the main
incomer of the control panel/isolator. It is the A.C. Contractor's responsibility to continue the
connections from the isolator up to all the air conditioning and ventilation units.
2. The A.C. Contractor shall be responsible for complete electrical equipment/controls associated
with the Air conditioning and Ventilation works. A.C. Contractor's scope of works shall include
but not be limited to the following:
a. All control wiring including necessary conduits, cables, cable trays etc., for the air
conditioning equipment, controls and remote emergency push buttons (if required), etc.
All HVAC control components such as flow switches, temperature sensors, thermostats
etc., are to be wired to control panel and other associated components using armoured
cable on galvanized cable rack / tray. Power cabling from AHU control panel to AHUs,
sequence control panel to pumps, isolator to chillers, FCU, pressurization unit and power
cabling from isolators to fans etc. shall be carried out by the A.C. Contractor. In case of

Westbay Villa
remote installed A.C. control panels, the power cabling from the control panel upto the
isolator near the A.C. equipment shall be carried out by the Electrical Contractor. (For
continuity, refer electrical drawings and specifications).
b. Specifications for conduits, cables, cable trays to conform to electrical specifications.
c. Power cabling from the controller of twin extract fans to the actual fan units.
35.4 Starters
1. All three phase motors for A.C. units shall be provided with D.O.L. / Star Delta starters having
the following facilities :
a. To disconnect the supply in the event of power failure or voltage drop.
b. To protect the motor from over load in each phase.
c. Start/stop push button.
d. ON/OFF/TRIP indicating lamp.
e. Single phase preventer.
2. All three phase starters shall have thermal overload protection in each phase as well as under
voltage reset plus two auxiliary normal open contacts.
35.5 Isolators
1. All electrical drives shall have local isolators, weather proof to IP 55. Isolators shall be of
reputed manufacturers, up to Engineer's approval.
35.6 Earthing
1. All motors starting equipment panels shall have their frames, carcasses and all metal parts
effectively and continuously connected to the general mass of the earth.
35.7 Testing
1. All wiring within control panels shall be works checked, prior to despatch, for loose
connections, correct terminations and compliance with wiring diagrams. In addition, functional
checks shall be carried out in the works to ensure that all interlocking and sequencing is in
accordance with the performance requirements of the specification. The Engineer shall be
given 7 days written notice of such tests so that he may attend if he so desires.
2. With all control circuits disconnected but with all isolators closed and power fuses fitted, the
panels shall be subjected to a voltage test of 2.5 kV for one minutes, across the following
points:
a. Phase to phase
b. Phase to neutral
c. Phase to earth
d. Neutral to earth
3. Certified schedules detailing all tests and their results shall be submitted to the Engineer within
fourteen days of the test.
35.8 Approval of Workmanship Standards

1. The standard of workmanship shall comply with the requirements of the Engineer who shall
carry out periodic inspections of completed work and work in progress.
2. Any work not to the Engineer's satisfaction during such inspection shall be replaced to a
standard satisfactory to the Engineer at no cost to the contract for the subsequent inspection.
35.9 Tags, Color Coding

1. All equipment shall be properly identified by means of permanent tags. All components shall
be labeled in the control panel as per the approved drawings. All wires shall be color coded in
accordance with the Electrical regulations of the Kahra-maa. Labeling system shall be agreed
with the Engineer.

Westbay Villa
35.10 Wiring and Regulation

1. All installation shall comply with the Electrical regulations of Kahra-maa.
36. CONTROL SYSTEM
36.1 General
1. The air conditioning installation shall be capable of automatic operation. Necessary
operational and safety controls shall be provided for chillers, pumps, and air handling units.
Low voltage control system shall be preferred. The location of controls should permit easy
access for calibration, adjustment and maintenance.
2. Selector switches shall be provided for manual selector switch for pumps and automatic
operation of A.C. plants. The A.C. control panel to be located as indicated on the drawings
shall be suitable for operation at 50°C. ambient condition.
3. The Contractor shall submit the control schematic diagrams indicating the single line from all
the control functions in sequential order, control wiring diagram and power wiring from control
panel as a whole to the Engineer for his approval.
36.2 Control Sequence and Chiller Controls

1. Internal wiring of chillers and field installations shall provide the following interlocked sequence
with the selector switch at automatic position:
After pump selection from the selector switch or from DDC it would be started from the starter
push button. The pumps shall be sequenced (working and standby) by DDC on weekly basis.
rd
In the first week, Pumps 1 and 2 shall be working with 3 pump as standby. In the second
week, Pump 1 shall be standby. It should also be possible to override the sequence stand
manually selected pump from portable operator workstation.
In the event of failure of any one of the pumps, the standby pump should start immediately.
The DDC shall monitor the following for the pumps:
Pump run status
Pump trip alarm
2. Chiller flow switch would sense the required flow rate and energies chiller control circuit.
3. Condenser fan motors would start automatically.
4. A chilled water temperature sensor mounted in the return water header would sense the
demand for cooling and transmit signals through a DDC controller for the refrigeration system
to start operation. First the lead chiller shall start.
5. Compressor would start unloaded or partially loaded provided the safety controls, high
pressure cut-out, low pressure cut-out, oil pressure failure switch and compressor motor
winding thermostats are satisfied. In multi-compressor chillers, the subsequent compressors
would start after the preset time interval.
6. Operation of any safety control and non-operation of any interlocking function would initiate
pump down cycle and stop the compressor. Once the plant trips on any safety control,
restarting should be possible only after manual resetting.
7. Interlocks and safety controls will function in an identical manner even when the selector
switch is at manual position with the exception that all the motors would require manual
starting from remote start/stop buttons installed on the motor control panel.
8. Some of the condenser fans would cycle in response to head pressure during low ambient
temperature conditions.
9. A dedicated microprocessor based DDC controller shall be provided on the main control
panel for synchronized operation of chillers. The DDC controller would respond to a
temperature sensor mounted in the common chilled water return header. The DDC controller

Westbay Villa
shall match with the refrigerant capacity of chillers and with the cooling load requirements
through the operation of compressor capacity control mechanism in alternating sequence for
both step-up or step-down. Care should be taken in the case of chillers having in-built step
controllers for capacity control to ensure that the second or subsequent chillers do not come
on line until the lead chiller has reached 100% capacity.
10. A switch on the control panel shall enable the sequence of lead/lag chiller operation to be
changed and to allow all combinations of the chillers available.
11. The DDC shall monitor the following for the chillers:
Individual chiller supply temperature
Common header supply temperature
Common header return temperature
Chiller run status
Chiller trip alarm
Chiller on full load status
12. The chiller shall be sequenced (lead - lag) by DDC on monthly basis, for e.g.. 1-2-3, 2-3-1, 3-
1-2.
13. Temperature log of all the monitored temperature shall be available at the DDC. Graphic
viewing of valves shall be possible using portable operation terminal.
14. The direct digital controller should support the following minimum configuration:
CPU - 32 bit processor
Cyde time -1 sec. max.
Supply voltage - 240 volts
Operating condition -0 to 45°C., 0 to 90% RH non condensing.
36.3 Sequence Control Panel, Chilled Water Pump and Chillers

1. The Contractor shall supply and install the chilled water control panel to IP 55, wall mounted,
front accessible made out of folded zinc coated steel sheet painted with two coats of approved
stoved enamel paint, cubicle type with hinged door and control panel interlocking type main
isolator. The panel shall comprise of but not limited to the following :
a) Main isolator with door interlock and fuses.
b) Three nos. indicating lamps for main supply - RED/YELLOW/BLUE.
c) MCCBs, MCB's of magnetic protection for power distribution and miscellaneous
supplies, as required.
d) Star/Delta starters for 3 No. pumps.
e) Push button and indication lamps - ON/OFF/TRIP for each starter -
RED/GREEN/AMBER
f) Selector switch so that any two of the three pumps shall be selected for operation at a
time.
g) Interlocking facility with chillers so that the chillers will be in operation only after the
pumps start.
h) Three nos. ammeters one on each phase and 1 no voltmeter with selector switch for
main incoming supply complete with control fuses of rating 3 amps.
i) Control supply to each chiller with 15 amps MCB for crankcase heaters. Independent
supply to the crankcase heaters shall be provided, if required.
j) Lead/lag selector switch and proportional DDC controller housed in separate panel for
synchronised operation of chillers and indication of step control stages initiated.
k) Supply to the package pressurization unit control panel.
l) Terminal for outgoing cables and control wiring.
m) Spare terminals
n) Start / Stop / Trip status.
o) Trip alarm

Westbay Villa
36.4 AHU Control panel

1. The Contractor shall supply and install the AHU control panel to IP 55, wall mounted, front
accessible made out of folded zinc coated steel sheet painted with two coats of approved
stoved enamel paint. The panel shall comprise of but not limited to the following :
a) Main isolator with door interlock, fuses and busbars.
b) Main power ON - RED indication.
c) Ammeter and 1 no. voltmeter with selector switch for incoming supply with control fuses
of rating 3 amps.
d) DOL/Star delta starter for each AHU with Start/Stop buttons complete with thermal
overload, magnetic short circuit and single phase protecting devices.
e) ON/OFF/TRIP for each starter – RED/GREEN/AMBER
f) Supply to modulating valve of each AHU through HRC fuses or MCB.
g) Terminals for incoming and outgoing feeders.
h) Supply to each smoke detector of each AHU with relays for interlocking duct smoke
detectors with fire alarm panel.
i) Supply to the modulating damper for fresh air where applicable.
j) Control wiring terminal.
k) Spare terminal.
2. The Air-conditioning Contractor is to co-ordinate with the Electrical Contractor for the sizes of
starters, cable sizes, protection fuses etc.
36.5 DDC Control Panels

1. The Contractor shall supply and install the DDC control panel, as defined in para 41-building
automation system. wall mounted front accessible made out of folded zinc coated steel sheet
painted with two coats of approved stoved enamel paint. The panel shall include the controls
as described elsewhere, but not limited to the following:
Main door lock with key
DDC controller etc.
2. Direct digital controller shall have the following minimum features:
Stand-alone and integrated system operation.
Access to entire network via local supervisor connection.
1 second cycle time
32 bit micro-processor
Battery backed RAM to store details of strategy configuration, time and date, logged data.
Network band rate of 9C6 or 19C2.
Indicator lamps for power on status, software fault alarm, digital input, digital output, analogue
output status.
3. Each DDC shall be capable of working stand-along without any input from external source like
PC or POT.
4. All the DDCs in the premises shall be networked together and terminated in a junction box in
the computer room for future connection to PC or remote dialing facility.
36.6 Air handling unit Controls

1. A motorized three-way modulating type divertor valve, shall be installed in the chilled water
return line adjacent to each AHU or as indicated on the drawings.
2. The three way modulating valve shall regulate flow of the chilled water in response to signals
from DDC controller receiving signals from temperature sensor located in the R.A. duct for all
air handling units. DDC controller shall be located in a separate control panel and remote set
point shall be located in the space for AHU serving individual areas whereas the temperature
controller with set point shall be located in the control panel for all other units.

Westbay Villa
3. Starting and stopping of air handling units shall be carried out from the starter installed in the
AHU control panel or override switch shall be provided to bypass the time zone programmed
with DDC controller as indicated on the tender drawings. Means of local isolation shall be
provided to conform to I.E.E. regulations, latest edition.
36.7 AHU DDC Controllers

1. DDC controller for AHUs shall be a medium sized controller with free configurable input /
output capability suitable for analogue, digital inputs and analogue digital outputs. DDC
controllers shall be configured as per the AHU control panel location and the number of AHUs
connected to it. It shall monitor / control minimum of following points on each AHU:
Return temperature sensor values (analogue input)
Set point values (analogue input)
Three-way modulation (analogue input) based on return temperature sensor value against the
set point.
On / Off control of AHU based on min. three ON and three OFF time zones.
50 to 100% modulation signal of fresh air damper in case of Multi-purpose Hall and Assembly
Hall AHU based on a request signal.
2. The DDC should work with a supply voltage of 240 volts A.C. 5% with a 32 bit microprocessor
controller that can maintain the programmed data and logged data for at lease two year with
the lithium battery back-up during the mains fail condition. The DDC shall have a port to
connect portable display unit for programming purpose.
36.8 Control Valves

1. All chilled water control valves shall be 2-way modulating as necessary to achieve the design
conditions. The valves and actuators shall be sized by the controls specialist for the specified
duties and shall have a close-off rating properly related to the water system concerned. All
valves shall be factory rated to withstand the specified test pressure of the system. Valves 50
mm and smaller shall be bronze screwed type and valves 65 mm to 150 mm shall be cast iron
flanged. Valves shall have stainless steel stems and a spring loaded teflon packing.
36.9 Temperature Sensors

1. Space mounted temperature sensors wherever required shall have suitable ranges on either
sides of set point. Sensors shall be of corrosion resistant construction, suitable for mounting
on a vibrating surface. The sensors shall be provided with suitable fixing arrangement.
Averaging element sensors shall be provided when the duct area exceed 0.4 m² or when
installed within air handling equipment.
2. Pipe mounted temperature sensors shall be insertion type complete with a stainless steel
pocket/immersion tube for pipe entry. For electronic control systems the measuring element
shall be either incorporated into a copper capillary for averaging type or enclosed in a
stainless steel immersion housing or tubular probe. The accuracy shall be ± 0.5°C.
3. All sensors shall be of non-adjustable construction calibrated at the manufacturer's works and
be
4. provided complete with the manufacturer's mounting brackets/flanges etc.
36.10 Water flow Switches

1. Water flow switches shall be provided where specified in the control description or schematic
diagrams or where required for the safe operation of the systems. Where installed in pipeline
systems, the blade shall be constructed from stainless steel or other suitable material.
Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

Westbay Villa
36.11 Exhaust Fan Controls

1. Exhaust fans shall be controlled from automatic starters installed as shown on the drawings.
All other fans shall be controlled through their respective control panels. Interlinking shall also
be carried out as detailed elsewhere.
Volt free control for BMS monitoring shall be provided for monitoring.
36.12 Smoke Detectors

1. Smoke detectors suitable for duct mounting shall be installed in the main return air duct
adjacent to air handling units. The smoke detectors shall be photo-electric obscuration type
and interlocked with air handling unit to stop it in the event of smoke detection. Smoke
detectors shall be interlocked with fire alarm system by the Electrical Contractor. The smoke
detectors shall be suitable for operation on 240 volts and shall have two volt-free relay
contacts. These relays shall be energized only when the smoke detector operates on
detection of smoke. It shall be manual reset type.
36.13 Time Schedule Control

1. The starting and stopping of AHUs shall be carried out by the selector switch at ACCP or out
by the selector switch at ACCP or from DDC based on time schedule. DDC shall have
provision to program time zones for AHUs. (Maximum 5 zones each controller).
36.14 Contractor shall provide the following:

1. Portable operator terminal - 1 No.
2. Any one of the DDC’s with built-in operator terminal with display such that all the DDCs in
network can be accessed for monitoring / control.
36.15 Transformers
1. 240 V / 24 V step-down transformers shall be provided with thermostatic controllers and

modulating valves and dampers. The transformers shall be of sufficient capacity to supply the
VA consumptions of all connected controllers, actuators and any other power consuming
devices. Multi-compensator modules shall be linked to both outside air temperature detectors
/ sensors and all thermostatic controllers via a twisted pair of wires. The multi-compensators
shall reset the set point of all thermostatic controllers by scheduling them against outside air
temperature.
37. BUILDERS WORK

1. The Contractor shall carry out the cutting of holes and making them good where pipes,
conduits, cable and cable trays are passing through the walls, floor and roof slabs as
measured in the Bill of Quantities.
Two sets of builders work drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval.
42.1 Pipes / Ducts Cross Over Bridges
1. The Contractor shall provide cross-over bridges as shown on the drawings. Pipe cross over
bridges shall be fabricated from G.I. angle / channel frame with G.I. chequer plate and hand
rail etc. Bridges details shall be agreed with the Architect. and Engineer before fabrication.

Westbay Villa
38. CHILLED WATER TREATMENT

1. Water treatment shall be provided to prevent corrosion, fungal growth, scaling and
discoloration. A dosing pot complete with all accessories shall be fitted on the chilled water
circuit to add corrosion inhibitor chemicals to the system at the time of commissioning and
periodically during operation. The pot shall be fabricated out of M.S. sheet suitable for 125
psig working pressure. The pot shall be complete with chemical feed valve, non-return valve,
drain valve, water-in and out valves and air cock.
2. The Contractor shall add the first charge of chemical to the system and supply additional
chemical adequate, for the operation during W arranty period. Testing chemicals/instruments
shall be included in the scope of supply.
3. The dosing pot and all connected pipes and fittings shall be insulated in the same manner as
the chilled water pipes. Details of treatment system offered and technical literature shall be
included with the tender offer and shall conform to the latest BSRIA Application Guides 8/91.
4. The chilled water treatment process shall include but not limited to the following:
Initial Dynamic Flush - to remove small loose deposits up to 5 mm dia, if required, checking re-
circulating rates throughout system.
Chemical Clean - to solubilize light corrosion deposits, e.g. surface rust and millscale.
Final Dynamic Flush -to remove chemicals and remaining undissolved deposits, also to
passivate surfaces with alkali based chemicals.
Water Treatment - introduction of water treatment chemicals after cleaning and flushing.
39. PAINTING AND FINISHING

1. After completion of the installation, the entire work shall be checked for finish and appearance.
Any portion of work found damaged, unpainted or not finished to the satisfaction of the
Engineer shall be rectified, painted and finished satisfactorily.
40. CLEANING AND FLUSHING

1. Each system shall be thoroughly flushed and all extraneous material removed from the pipe
bore to the Engineer's satisfaction prior to the pressure test.
2. Upon the completion of the pressure tests and prior to putting the system into operation, the
pipework shall be thoroughly cleaned. This operation should be carried out strictly in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Any pipework, fittings or accessories which may be prone to damage during the cleaning and
flushing operation should be isolated or removed and subsequently refitted upon completion.
41. IDENTIFICATION/COLOUR CODING

1. All insulation, exposed pipework and ductwork shall be identified by color codes/safety
indicated and basic color identification bands to B.S. 1710.
2. The safety color and color code indication bands shall be 100 mm wide between two basic
color identification bands each of length 150 mm. The identification shall be at centers of not
more than 6 meters and adjacent to all valves, items of plant, changes in direction and both
sides where the pipework passes through walls, floors etc., and all service access points.
3. Pipe sizes, pipe contents, flow and return (F & R) designation and direction of flow arrows in
black shall be applied on the basic color identification band as detailed in Tables 1, 2 and
Appendix 'D' of B.S. 1710. An extract from the 1975 edition of Appendix 'D' is shown in the
table at the end of this section.
4. The safety color, contents, code and color identification bands shall be applied by means of
self adhesive colored or printed tape.

Westbay Villa
5. Flow and return (F & R) and direction of flow arrows shall be in black with letters 25 mm high
on 50 mm wide white self adhesive tape applied in a continuous band around the pipe
insulation.
6. Pipe contents shall be in black lettering 25 mm high on 50 mm wide clear self adhesive tape
with one set of identification letters per color code.
7. Pipe sizes shall be metric in black printed lettering 25 mm high on 50 mm wide clear self
adhesive labels.
8. All ductwork whether insulated or exposed shall be identified in accordance with DW /142
Appendix 'A' together with descriptive lettering approved by the Engineer.
9. The materials employed shall be as for pipework identification, i.e. self-adhesive plastic.
10. All the lettering and wording shall be in Arabic and English.
42. INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

1. All works shall be inspected at any stage during the progress of work and after the completion
of works. All works shall be tested and commissioned in accordance with the relevant British
Standards, Specifications and Codes of practice to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. Any
defects pointed out at any time during the progress of work during the test or occurring after
the test, shall be rectified and retested at no additional cost to the contract.
2. No insulation shall be carried out on any section of the works or concealed in any other way
prior to testing and inspection.
3. At least two copies of Test Certificates of the tests carried out at manufacturer's works shall be
forwarded to the Engineer prior to despatch of the materials to site.
4. All the test points required for carrying out the tests and commissioning of the system
including the measuring instruments to measure pressure, temperature, pressure drop,
velocity, volume, flow rate or any conditions to be measured shall be provided by the
Contractor.
5. The contractor shall employ a specialist agengy to carry out testing & commissioning of all
plant & equipment including air balance and water balancing. The Contractor shall carry out all
the performance tests initially before requesting the Engineer to witness the tests in order to
avoid unnecessary delay. All the necessary labour force, skilled or unskilled, required during
the test, prior to or after the test shall be provided by the Contractor.
6. It shall be ensured that the system is free from any dirt, welding snag or any other foreign
matter before the system is finally filled with working fluid. The system shall be properly vented
for bringing it to operating conditions. The system shall then run at full load and the flow rate
then regulated to specifications and design conditions. All readings on air, water and electrical
power consumption shall be recorded every hour and details forwarded to the Engineer.
7. The system shall be regulated and balanced for flow rates, temperature and pressure drop
tests. A copy of the test showing the final operating point shall be submitted to the Engineer.
8. During the tests, all the readings of pressure, temperature, flow rates, pressure drop, power
consumption, noise level or any other, as advised by the Engineer shall be tabulated and at
least two copies submitted to the Engineer.
9. Statutory Authority Approval
10. Contractor shall submit the final official approval from the concerned statutory authority.
43. AIR BALANCING
Balancing shall be performed in accordance with the current issue of the associated air
balance council standards for total system balance and SMACNA standards where applicable.

Westbay Villa
The system shall be applicable to the following tolerance:

System grilles and diffusers : ±10% of design air flow.
System air handling unit : ±5% of design air flow
The following data shall be submitted as minimum.

A) Motors
Name of Manufacturer
Model or serial No
Voltage, phase and frequency
Rated HP
Calculated BHP
Rated RPM
Measured RPM
Service factor
B) Fans
Name of manufacturer
Model or serial number
Rated air flow
Measured air flow
Rated RPM
Rated pressure
Measured pressure - suction, discharge
Pulley size, type and manufacturer
Belt size and quantity
C) Air system
Grille, register or diffuser reference number and manufacturer
Grille, registers or diffuser identification
Design velocity
Measured velocity
Design air flow
Measured air flow
Effective area factor and size

Westbay Villa
Grilles and diffusers must be adjusted to provide draft less air distribution. Noise level
must not exceed those specified. Primary balancing at the duct dampers with final
adjustment only at the grilles and diffusers shall be carried out.
On completion of the adjustment and balancing of all system, three copies of full
report in approved format shall be submitted to the QP REPRESENTATIVE. The
report shall include the following items.
i. Testing method and instrumentation

ii. Air system testing and balancing
iii. Attachments including system schematics with numbered terminal with
above data.
44. RELIABILITY TEST ON COMPLETION
The air conditioning system shall be fully balanced after installation. Performance
testing of the system shall then be carried out during a period of peak summer design
conditions. CONTRACTOR shall liaise with the QP REPRESENTATIVES, regarding
the timing of the tests, which shall include
(a) Demonstration that the systems are capable of achieving the specified
internal conditions and handling the correct air flow rates.
(b) Measurements of air or water pressure drops through all filters and cooling
coils
(c) Measurements of air temperature and water temperature change through all
cooling coil at air volume flow rate.
(d) Measurements of outside air condition at every two hours and at the
beginning and end of each testing period.
(e) Measurements of dry and wet bulb temperature, together with a record of time
that the measurements were made, of the supply air and room temperatures.
(f) Measurements of all running currents of all associated electric motors.
(g) If in the opinion of the QP REPRESENTATIVE the specified NC are being

exceed in any areas, noise level tests shall be carried out.
(h) Noise level shall be measured for each octave band with the air condition and
ventilation system in operation under normal running conditions, in each room

Westbay Villa
served. The background noise level in each room shall be measured at the
same time.
After finishing the above tests and adjustments, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
to run a Reliability Trial Test for the whole Plant installed. The trial of the plant shall
take place during the appropriate seasons when design conditions are met. The trial
shall last for a period of fourteen (14) consecutive days during which the whole of the
plant shall operate continuously without readjustment or repair.
During the Reliability Trial Test, performance tests shall be conducted on the
refrigerating and air conditioning equipment. The test data shall not deviate by more
than three Percent (3%) from the specified capacity data. Should any part of the
apparatus or system fails to meet with the Specification requirements, it shall be
adjusted, repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the QP REPRESENTATIVE.
45. STATUTORY AUTHORITY APPROVAL
Contractor shall submit the final official approval from the concerned statutory
authority.
46. WARRANTY
1. The Contractor shall guarantee for a period of 400 days after the practical completion of the
installation that all plant and equipment shall operate free of any defects due to defective
material and bad workmanship and that any part found defective during this period shall be
replaced free of cost by the Contractor.
2. Maintenance period for all air conditioning equipment, controls, components and systems etc.,
shall start only after regular electricity power supply is available at site.
3. All the compressors up to and including 15 HP shall be guaranteed for a period of 5 years
from the date of regular power supply at site. The Contractor shall also guarantee the
performance and efficiency of the plant and equipment as per the specifications for a similar
period of 400 days after the practical completion and if the services of Contractor's personnel
are requisitioned during this period, such works shall be made available free of cost to the
Client.
4. If the defects are not rectified within a reasonable period, the Client may proceed to do so by
another agency at the Contractor's entire risk and expense without prejudice to any rights of
the Client.
47. SCHEDULES, EXPLANATORY NOTES

1. The schedules have been prepared for the purpose of facilitating selection of equipment and
evaluating the tenders. The reference given against each item in the schedules refer to the
appropriate references in the drawings.
2. Technical details of the equipment offered by the Contractor should be furnished, as asked for
in the technical schedules enclosed.
3. The external static pressure for fans, where given are approximate and the Contractor will be
required to supply equipment to handle the requirements of his installation without extra cost
to the contract.
4. Should the Contractor wish to amplify any information to be provided, this should be set out
on separate sheets and submitted with his tender together with explanatory manufacturer's
catalogues, curves and selection charts.

Westbay Villa
5. If the equipment selected by the tenderer should require any special alteration or addition to
the architectural or structural work, he must list the requirements separately.
48. DETAILS OF PROPOSED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
1. The technical schedules listed hereunder must be filled in and signed by the Tenderer and
they must be attached with the offer with complete engineering catalogues for every piece of
equipment to enable the Engineer to evaluate each offer. Offers submitted without such
information will not be acceptable.
Air-cooled Chillers
Reference :.................................................................................
Quantity :.................................................................................
Manufacturer / Model :.................................................................................
Refrigerant :.................................................................................
Type :.................................................................................
Capacity in TR (Each) :.................................................................................
Cooler Flow USGPM :.................................................................................
Chilled W ater °F. (In/Out) :.................................................................................
Scale Factor :.................................................................................
Permissible pressure drop

across cooler (in ft.) :................................................................................
Air on Condenser(°F) :.................................................................................
Electrical Characteristics :.................................................................................
Type of Compressors :.................................................................................
Number of Compressors :.................................................................................
Type of Drive :.................................................................................
Type of Motor :.................................................................................
Class of Insulation :.................................................................................
Method of Start :.................................................................................
F.L.A. of each
Compressor motor :.................................................................................
Inrush Amperes

Westbay Villa
of each Compressor Motor :.................................................................................
Full load Amperes of

each Chiller :.................................................................................
Operating weight/chiller :.................................................................................
Physica0l dim. of chiller :.................................................................................
Overall length, inches :.................................................................................
Overall width, inches :.................................................................................
Overall height, inches :.................................................................................
Net weight :.................................................................................
Chilled Water Pumps

Reference :.................................................................................
Serving :.................................................................................
Type :.................................................................................
Quantity :.................................................................................
Manufacturer :.................................................................................
Model Number :.................................................................................
Capacity of each, USGPM :.................................................................................
Head, feet :.................................................................................
Speed, rpm :.................................................................................
Power Supply :.................................................................................
B.H.P. :.................................................................................
Motor Type / H.P. :.................................................................................
Net Weight-each pumpset :.................................................................................
Overall dimension of
foundations :.................................................................................
Components
Flexible coupling :.................................................................................

Westbay Villa
C.I. base plate :.................................................................................
Rubber isolators :.................................................................................
Pressure gauges :.................................................................................
Flexible connections :.................................................................................
Mechanical seal :.................................................................................
Controls
a. Motorized valve
Make / Model :.................................................................................
Type / Size :.................................................................................
Power supply :.................................................................................
Power consumption :.................................................................................
b. Temperature Controls
Make/Model :.................................................................................
Type :.................................................................................
Temperature range :.................................................................................
Power supply :.................................................................................
Water Pressurization Unit

Flexible coupling :.................................................................................
C.I. base plate :.................................................................................
Rubber isolators :.................................................................................
Pressure gauges :.................................................................................
Air handling Units
Reference :.................................................................................

Westbay Villa
Location :.................................................................................
Make/Model :.................................................................................
Type :.................................................................................
Total cfm :.................................................................................
Fresh Air cfm :.................................................................................
Casing Construction :.................................................................................
Overall Dimension :.................................................................................
Cooling Coil
Total Cooling Capacity :.................................................................................
Int. Sensible Cooling

Capacity :.................................................................................
Coil Face Velocity :.................................................................................
Coil rows/deep/fins per inch :.................................................................................

Water Temperature In/Out :.................................................................................
Water Flow, USGPM :.................................................................................
Air On Coil, DB/WB °F :.................................................................................
Air Off Coil, DB/W B °F :.................................................................................
Pressure drop through

coil in W.G. :.................................................................................
Fans
Type :.................................................................................
Total Static Pressure :.................................................................................
B.H.P. :.................................................................................
Motor H.P. :.................................................................................

Westbay Villa
Miscellaneous Information
Type of filters and thickness :.................................................................................
Type of Insulation and density :.................................................................................
Controls provided :.................................................................................
Reheaters capacity :.................................................................................
Reheater flow rate :.................................................................................
Filters
a. Fresh Air Filters

Make :.................................................................................
Type/Model :.................................................................................
Frame :.................................................................................
Number of Cells :.................................................................................
Cell Dimensions
Efficiency :.................................................................................
Face Velocity (fpm) :.................................................................................
Pressure drop inch of

water :.................................................................................
b. Return Air Filters

Make Model :.................................................................................
No. Type of :.................................................................................
Filter :.................................................................................
Location of Filter :.................................................................................
Is the filter :-
a. Throwaway type :.................................................................................

Westbay Villa
b. Replaceable media
Type :.................................................................................
c. Cleanable type :.................................................................................
d. High Efficiency
Filters :.................................................................................
Area of media ft.sq. :.................................................................................
Face Area Efficiency :.................................................................................
Face Velocity :.................................................................................
Initial Pressure drop

(inch of water) :.................................................................................
Filter life, hours of

Operation :.................................................................................
Split Air conditioning Units
General
Make :..................................................................................
Type :..................................................................................
Model :..................................................................................
No. of units offered :..................................................................................
Net cooling capacity

of each :.................................................................................
Refrigerant used :.................................................................................
Power supply :.................................................................................
Power consumption :.................................................................................
Indoor Unit
Model :.................................................................................
Nominal Capacity :.................................................................................
Net Capacity H :.................................................................................
W :.................................................................................
D :.................................................................................
Net Weight :.................................................................................
Refrigerant :.................................................................................

Westbay Villa
No. of circuits :.................................................................................
Flow Control :.................................................................................
Evaporator fan :.................................................................................
Nominal air flow :.................................................................................
High :.................................................................................
Low :.................................................................................
Motor :.................................................................................
Evaporator :.................................................................................
Coil construction :.................................................................................
Type of blower :.................................................................................
Outdoor Unit
Model :.................................................................................
Outer dimension :.................................................................................
Net weight :.................................................................................
Refrigerant :.................................................................................
Number of circuits :.................................................................................
Compressor model :.................................................................................
Motor :.................................................................................
Quantity :.................................................................................
F.L. Current :.................................................................................
Condenser :.................................................................................
Condenser fan :.................................................................................
Motor :.................................................................................
Quantity :.................................................................................
Coil construction :.................................................................................
Insulation
Manufacturer : ……………………………………………………………………
Type : ……………………………………………………………………

Westbay Villa
Density : ……………………………………………………………………
Finish : ……………………………………………………………………
Ventilation/Exhaust Fans
Reference : …………………………………………………………………..
Location : …………………………………………………………………..
Service : …………………………………………………………………..
Type : …………………………………………………………………..
Make : …………………………………………………………………..
Model : …………………………………………………………………..
Size : …………………………………………………………………..
CFM : …………………………………………………………………..
Static Pressure : …………………………………………………………………..
Motor Rating : …………………………………………………………………..
49. SCHEDULE OF APPROVED MANUFACTURERS (AIR-CONDITIONING)
S.No Item Make
1. Chillers : TRANE (FRANCE)

McQUAY (USA / EUROPE)
YORK (USA / EUROPE)
CARRIER (USA / EUROPE)
2. Chilled Water Pumps : CRANE (USA)

LOWARA (ITALY)
PULLEN (UK)
RITZ (GERMANY)

Westbay Villa
3. Pressurisation Unit : PULLEN (UK)

ARMSTRONG (UK)
LOWARA (ITALY)
4. Air Handling Units : YORK (USA / EUROPE)

CARRIER (USA / EUROPE)
KLIMAK (ITALY)
FLAKT WOODS (SWEDEN)
SW EGON (SWEDEN)
WOLF (GERMANY)
VTS (POLAND)
5. Split Units : YORK

CARRIER
MCQUAY
6. Window A.C Unit : TRANE

YORK
RHEEM
CARRIER
7. Exhaust Fan Twin & Single : NUAIRE

TWINCITY
PENN
GREENHECK
ELTA
CASALS
SYSTEMAIR
DYNAIR
8. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: CRAY FLOW

CIACO
AIRMASTER
DASCO
BETA
9. Sound Attenuators : KMC

GULF ACOUSTICS
ATAI
SAFID
AIRMASTER
10. Steel Pipes : SURYA ROSHINI

ZENITH
NIPPON STEEL
ECONOSTO
11. Valves (Gate, Globe, Check, DRV) : KITZ

CRANE
NIBCO
OVENTROP

Westbay Villa
12. Balancing Valves : TOUR & ANDERSON

CRANE
KITZ
FRESE
13. Controls including sensors, Flow : HONEYW ELL

Switches, Controllers, Actuators, SATCHW ELL / INVENSYS
Thermostats etc. TREND
JOHNSON CONTROLS
14. Vibration Isolator : CRAY PAD

MASON
WEICCO
KINETICS
RUBATEX
15. Strainers : PEGLERS

CRANE
SPIRAX SARCO
OVENTROP
NIBCO
16. G.I Sheets : NIPPON STEEL

JINDAL
KOBE
17. Volume Control Dampers/Fresh Air : BETA

Intake / Access Doors AEROVAC
AIRMASTER
SAFID
ATAI
DASCO
CIACO
18. Fire Dampers : RUSKIN

BETA , AEROVAC
AIRMASTER
SAFID
ATAI
19. Flexible Ducts : SAFID, CRAY FLEX

ATAI
ATCO
20. Duct Flexible Connections : DURODYNE

CONTRACT COMPONENT LTD
CRAY FLEX, SUPA FLEX
21. Pipe Flexible Connections and : MASON

Expansion Joints CRANE
TOZEN
ECONOSTO
KINETICS
22. Automatic Air Vents : KITZ

Westbay Villa
NIBCO
HONEYW ELL
CRANE
SPIRAX SARCO
23. Duct Insulation & Pipe Insulation : KIMMCO, EXCEED

AFFICO
JOHNS MANVILLE
IZOTOPORAK
24. Rubber Foam Insulation : RUBATEX

ARMAFLEX
CLIMAFLEX
AEROFLEX
EXCEED
25. Hangers / Support : MUPRO

HILTI
GRINNEL
WEICCO
HIRA
CRAY FLANGE
26. Grooved Pipe Fittings : CENTRAL

VICTAULIC
NATIONAL
SHURJOINT
GRINNEL
27. Copper Pipes : YORKSHIRE

WEDNESBURY
MUELLER BRASS
28. Copper Pipe Fittings : WEDNESBURY

CONEX
MUELLER BRASS
29. Test Plugs : BINDER

ECONOSTRO
WEICCO
FRESE
30. Manometer : DW YER

AIR CONTROL
31. Instruments - : DW YER

Pressure Gauges, Thermometer WIKA
etc. WEISS
ECONOSTO
HUNTER
32. Chemical Dosing Pot : METITO

HOUSEMAN
CULLIGAN
33. Adhesives, Coatings & Sealants : ASPEN, CRAY

MIRACLE
IDENDEN

Westbay Villa
IDEAL
CLIM, FOSTER
34. VAPOR BARRIER: FOSTER,

CRAY FIBRE
MIRACLE
IDENDEN
Note: 1. The above recommended manufacturers should meet the detailed specification given in
the relevant sections.
END OF SECTION

PROPOSED PALACE
(B+G+1+Terrace)
AT
Leqtaifiya
FIRE FIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS
November 2015
Section 23 FIRE FIGHTING AND FIRE
FIGHTING SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 1
2. FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... 5
3. FIRE PUMP SETS: ................................................................................................................ 11
4. SPRINKLER SYSTEM:.......................................................................................................... 16
5. CLEAN AGENT FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (FM-200 / HFC-227EA) .......................... 20
6. FOAM DELUGE SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 29
7. PIPES, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS..................................................................................... 32
8. FIRE STORAGE WATER TANK ........................................................................................... 33
9. APPROVED SCHEDULE OF MANUFACTURERS : ............................................................ 34

Westbay Villa
SECTION 23
FIRE FIGHTING AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEMS
1. GENERAL
1.1 Contractor Responsibilities

1. The Contractor is responsible for the quality and the satisfactory operation of the installations
entrusted to him, as well as for compliance with the performance stipulated in this document.
2. Consequently, for his own account and under his own responsibility, he must carry out all
calculations and select the necessary materials and equipment.
3. Apart from the required performance definitions, this document and the relevant drawings
also provide many indications resulting from the studies carried out by the Engineer.
4. The Contractor shall review these studies and check the corresponding indications.
5. The same applies to equipment selection, for which the information given in this document
must be deemed as indicative and defines only the minimum requirements.
1.2 Scope Description

1. The contractor shall furnish all labour, materials, tools, supplies, equipment, transportation,
supervision, technical, professional and other services, and shall perform all operations
necessary and required to satisfactorily complete all the necessary engineering, procurement
services, construction work and commissioning for the fire protection systems and
equipments for the project.
1.3 Basic Design Criteria

1. Refer tender Drawings and Documents
1.4 Codes and Standards

1. All the systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with the requirement of
International Codes and Standards and Local Authority having Jurisdiction. They shall be
particularly in accordance with the following NFPA /BS EN/Vds standards:
 NFPA 10, Standard for Installation of Portable Fire Extinguishers
 NFPA 11, Standard for the low, medium and high expansion foam
 NFPA 11A, Standard for low, medium and high expansion foam system
 NFPA 12, Standard for carbon dioxide extinguishing system
 NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems
 NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems
 NFPA 15, Standard for water spray fixed system for fire protection
 NFPA 17, Standard for dry chemical extinguishing systems
 NFPA 17A, Standard for wet chemical extinguishing systems
 NFPA 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection
 NFPA 22, Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection
 NFPA 24, Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their
Appurtenance
SECTION 23 – FIRE FIGHTING & FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 1

Westbay Villa
 NFPA-25, Standard for Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water Based Fire
Protection Systems
 NFPA-70, National Electric Code
 NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code
 NFPA 92A, Standard for Smoke Control Systems
 NFPA-101, Life Safety Code
 NFPA-110, Standard for Emergency and Stand by Power systems
 NFPA-170, Standard for Fire Safety Symbols
 NFPA 204, Standard for Smoke and Heat Venting
 NFPA-220, Standard for types of Building Construction
 NFPA-221, Standard for Fire Walls and Fire Barrier Walls
 NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation Lightning Protection Systems
 NFPA-2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing systems
 NFPA 5000, Building Construction & Safety Code
 OSHA, Code of federal regulations, Title 29, Part 1926
 BS EN3 for portable fire extinguishers
 BS EN 1866 for mobile extinguishers
 BS EN 671-1 for fixed fire fighting system
 BS 5041-3 for dry riser inlet
 BS EN 54 Standard for installation of Fire Alarm System.
1.5 Scope of Work

1. This specification covers the supply, delivery and complete installation on site and in full
working order of the equipment specified in this document and/or shown on the drawing
2. Full particulars, performance curves and illustrations of the equipment, complying as closely
as possible with this specification, shall be provided with the tender, but any deviations from
the specification must be fully and clearly indicated in the tender submission schedules.
3. The Contractor shall provide and install:
a. The complete fire pumping station, including the firewater pumps (pumps, diesel engines
drive, pump controllers, skid & pump), the jockey pump (pumps, electric drive, electric drive
controllers), the piping & hanging, the valves, check-valves, relief valves, fittings, the
instrumentation, the storage fire water tanks and feeding controllers (valves & controllers).
b. The fire water mains (sprinkler, standpipe & hydrant), including the piping, the fittings, the
hanging, the block-valves & the hydrants.
c. The wet sprinkler systems, including the control valves, the piping, the hanging, the heads,
the instrumentation.
d. The hose reels (standpipes, hose connections, external hose streams).
e. The portable extinguishers
f. Clean agent fire suppression system for the rooms mentioned in the drawings.
g. The marking of all the safety equipment
The Contractor shall be responsible for all the following aspects of the provided systems:

Westbay Villa
h. The checking of the tender drawings and any calculations supplied with the drawings. The
Contractor shall check each drawing and satisfy himself that the design is correct for the
equipment offered and will meet all applicable rules and regulations
i. The provision of any additional information required by the Contractor’s installation

engineers which are particular to the equipment being supplied e.g. fabrication drawings,
equipment data sheets, commissioning instructions etc.
j. The provision of drawings and equipment data related to the systems as required by the
Engineer
k. The supply of all required equipment and other fixtures associated with the systems
l. Shop testing of equipment and provision of inspection facilities
m. The provision and fittings of suitable wall boxes, transits and plates where pipe work or
cable passes through walls, etc...as well as fire rating reinstatement materials
n. The supply of as built drawings and as built calculations
o. The provision of scaffolding, ramps and any other equipment required to enable the systems
to be installed, tested and commissioned correctly
p. A demonstration to key personnel in the use and testing of the systems and equipment
supplied
q. Operating and maintenance manuals.
1.6 Materials
1. The Contractor shall supply all materials necessary to make up effective and operable fire
protection, detection and alarm systems, voice alarm system and emergency & exit lighting
systems for the facilities indicated in the drawings and in the present specification, and
particularly :
a. All the necessary pipe work, valves, equipment and instrumentation required for the
facilities
b. All electrical cable between panels, junction boxes, sensors, call points, pressure
switches, alarm bells, flashing lights, and generally all the cable (and their supports)
required for the facilities.
c. Local alarms indicating actuation of the systems
d. All detectors, fire signalling and alarm cabling shall be installed by the Contractor using
materials in accordance with international standards.
e. All emergency lights, exit lights with directional arrow marks & pictograms as
required,central battery panels, addressable monitoring panel, interface modules, phase
monitoring relays and interconnecting cabling shall be installed by the contractor using
the materials in accordance with International standards.
2. The main electrical supply to the Contractor’s equipment will be by others.

3. All instrumentation and electrical equipment will be enclosed to suit the Hazard Class of the
area. The Hazard Class of each area is indicated on the Hazardous Area Layouts.
4. Hazardous Area Certificate will be required for each item supplied within the Hazardous
Area.
5. The Contractor shall define in the quotation the full specification of every system proposed
(pipe work, cables, equipment,)

Westbay Villa
1.7 Quality of Materials

1. Only materials meeting quality guidelines mentioned specifically for the products shall be
subject to the approval of the Authorized Engineer.
2. W herever applicable, the system and material is to comply with the relevant International
Standards or British Standards /Vds /LPCB.
3. All Materials should have at least been certified by two independent Certification
Organizations from International Testing Laboratories & Accredited Certification Bodies as
LPCB/ BSI Kitemark /Vds and or UL/FM.
1.8 Approval Listing of Materials

1. The equipment shall have been tested and, where applicable, shall have been granted a
certificate of approval or listing for the intended service. UL listed ,FM approved,BSI
Kitemark,Vds approved equipment shall be used where possible. W here equipment is
offered without the above approval or listing, these items shall be listed with the type of
certificate or approval granted indicated.
2. The Contractor shall supply only proven and established equipment which is suitable for the
duty.
3. The Employer reserves the right to call for either substitute or alternative units, or to
nominate manufacturers or models for any class of equipment.
1.9 Submittals
1. The installing contractor shall submit the following design infromation and drawing for
approval prior to starting work on this project.
1.10 Product Data: submit manufacturers technical product
1. Field installation layout drawings having a scale of not less than (1:100m) detailing the
location of all equipments, pipe runs including pipe sizes and lengths, controls and other
accessories.
2. Auxiliary details and information such as maintenance panels, door holders, special sealing
requirements and equipment shutdown.
3. Separate layouts, or drawings, shall be provided for each floor plans (i.e.; sectional drawings,
raised floor drawings, and above false ceiling drawings) for mechanical and electrical work.
4. A separate layout or drawing, shall show isometric details of clean agent storage containers,
mounting details and proposed pipe runs and sizes.
5. Electrical layout drawings shall show the location of all devices and include point-to-point
conduit runs and a description of the method(s) used for detector mounting.
6. A complete sequence of operation shall be submitted detailing all alarm devices, shutdown
functions, remote signaling, and agent discharge for each system.
7. Submit drawings, calculations and system component data sheets for approval to the local
Fire Prevention Agency, and all other Authorities Having Jurisdiction before starting
installation. Submit approved plans to the Architect/Engineer for record.
1.11 Drawings
1. Refer to fire fighting tender drawings layout.
1.12 Shop Drawings

1. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for each system floorwise in detail as required by
the engineer in charge and Authority having jurisdiction. It is the contractor responsibility to
co-ordinate with other services while preparing the shop drawings and obtain approval from
the engineer in charge.

Westbay Villa
1.13 As Built Drawings

1. Upon completion of each system, the installing contractor shall provide four (4) copies of
system "As-Built" drawings to the owner. The drawings shall show actual installation details
including all equipment locations as well as piping and conduit routing details. Show all room
or facilities modifications, including door and/or damper installations completed. One (1)
copy of reproducible engineering drawings shall be provided reflecting all actual installation
details.
2. These drawings shall be as accurate and complete as possible.
1.14 Commissioning and Testing

1. Performance tests shall be carried out at site in the presence of Civil Defense personnel.
2. All tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Employer’s, insurers or their nominated
representatives.
3. The Contractor shall provide all the necessary tools and equipment for testing and
commissioning activities.
1.15 Protection systems approval

1. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit the protection systems design, to obtain the
Consultant approval prior to the commencement of work and to implement the Consultant
requirements. The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements also submit the
necessary documents & ‘As Built’ drawings to the Consultant and for Final Inspection &
testing to obtain the Final NOC and approval from the concern Authorities.
2. FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
2.1 FIRST AID EQUIPMENTS

1. All First Aid Equipments (Fire Extinguishers, fire Hose, Fire blankets) shall have been
certified by two Certification Organizations from International Testing Laboratories &
Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB Approval / BSI KITE mark approval and or UL
listed/FM Approved.
2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (FIRST AID EQUIPMENT)
2.3 General
1. Fire Extinguishers shall be manufactured to comply with BS EN 3 (portable), BS EN 1866
(Mobile) standards.
2. Fire Extinguishers shall comply with NFPA-10 or BS 5306 for the installation.
3. The classification of fire extinguishers shall consist of a letter that indicates the class of fire
on which a fire extinguisher has been found to be effective, preceded by a rating number
(Class A, Class B and Class F only) that indicates the relative extinguishing effectiveness.
4. The distribution of fire extinguishers shall comply with the prescribed requirements of
NFPA-10, as shown on the drawings and the specific requirements of the local Civil Defence
Authorities.
5. Cabinets housing fire extinguishers shall not be locked.
6. Portable fire extinguishers shall be maintained in a fully charged and operable condition, and
kept in their designated places at all times when they are not being used.

Westbay Villa
2.4 Definitions
1. The type of extinguisher needed depends on the right type of fire that may occurs in the room
or building.
2. According to NFPA 10, several classes of fire have been defined:
a. Class A Fires: Fires in ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, cloth, paper,
rubber, and many plastics.
b. Class B Fires: Fires in flammable liquids, combustible liquids, petroleum greases, tars,
oils, oil-based paints, solvents, lacquers, alcohols, and flammable gases.
c. Class C Fires: fires that involve energized electrical equipment where the electrical non-
conductivity of the extinguishing media is of importance. (W here electrical equipment is
de-energized, fire extinguishers for class A or B fires can be used safely.)
d. Class D Fires: Fires in combustible metals, such as magnesium, titanium, zirconium,

sodium, lithium, and potassium.
e. Class K or Class F Fires: Fires in cooking appliances that involve combustible cooking
media (vegetable or animal oils and fats.)
 Building presenting class B or C fire hazard shall be equipped with a regular

number of class A extinguishers dedicated to the building protection, and shall
also be equipped with adding class B or C extinguishers.
 According to these definitions, all parts of the buildings shall be equipped with
class ABC type extinguishers. In the meantime, rooms such as Storages,
Workshops and other rooms housing electrical equipments, shall be equipped with
adding class C extinguishers.
2.5 ABC Dry Powder Fire Extinguisher: (FIRST AID EQUIPMENT)

1. ABC Dry powder fire extinguishers (Multi purpose) shall be manufactured in accordance with
BS EN3 for portable extinguishers and BS1866 for mobile extinguishers and shall be
operated by means of a lever/squeeze handle operated valve provided with a safety pin
which shall avoid inadvertent operation and the valve shall be capable for controlling partial
discharge. The cylinder shall have minimum working pressure of 14bar. The temperature
shall range from -20° to 60° C. The extinguisher must have a plastic base (Only for portable).
It must be coated externally by electrostatic polyester powder and oven baked for corrosion
resistance. The cylinder shall be made special cold rolled steel sheet with Argon/CO2
automatic welding process and the suction tube shall be made of PVC material. All
extinguishers shall carry instructions for operation and maintenance in English and Arabic.
2. The Dry powder fire extinguishers: The product should have at least been certified by
two independent Certification Organizations from International Testing Laboratories &
Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB Approval / BSI KITE mark approval and or UL
listed/FM Approved.
3. The extinguishers are recommended with the capacities and minimum fire rating as follows:
rating as follows:
SL # Capacity Fire Rating
1 6 Kg ABC Dry Powder 34A & 183B

Westbay Villa
2.6 Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguisher: (FIRST AID EQUIPMENT)

1. Carbon dioxide fire extinguishers shall be manufactured in accordance with BS EN 3
(portable) and BS EN 1866 (mobile) and shall be operated by means of a lever /squeeze
handle operated valve provided with a safety pin which shall avoid inadvertent operation and
the valve shall be capable for controlling partial discharge. The cylinder shall be made of high
grade seamless carbon steel pipe or aluminium alloy and It must be coated externally by
electrostatic polyester powder quoting and oven baking to resist corrosion. The cylinders
shall be free from leakage during hydrostatically pressure tested to 250bar. The temperature
shall range from -20° to 60° C.
2. The suction tube shall be Aluminium. All extinguishers shall carry instructions for operation
and maintenance in English and Arabic.
3. Typical applications are electrical & electronic equipments, and telephone equipment
4. Electrical Rooms , Since the agent is discharged in the form of a gas/snow cloud, it has a
relatively short range of 3 ft to 8 ft (1 m to 2.4 m).
5. This type of fire extinguisher is not recommended for outdoor use where windy conditions
prevail, or for indoor use in locations that are subject to strong air currents because the agent
can rapidly dissipate and prevent extinguishment. The concentration needed for fire
extinguishment reduces the amount of oxygen (air) needed for life safety when the discharge
is in a confined area (space).
6. The Carbon dioxide fire extinguishers: The product should have at least been certified
by two independent Certification Organizations from International Testing
Laboratories & Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB approval/KITE mark approval
and or UL listed/FM Approved.
7. The CO2 extinguishers are recommended with the capacities and minimum fire rating as
follows:
1 5 Kg CO2 55B
2.7 Foam Fire Extinguisher: (FIRST AID EQUIPMENT)

1. Foam type Fire extinguisher shall manufactured in accordance to BS EN 3 (portable) and BS
EN 1866 (mobile) and shall be operated by means of a lever operated self closing control
valve to enable the discharge to be interrupted temporority and provided with a safety pin.
The cylinder shall have minimum working pressure of 14bar. The temperature shall range
from +5° to 60°C. The extinguisher must have a plastic base. It must be coated inside by
electrostatic PVC resin to resist corrosion. The cylinder shall be made special cold rolled
steel sheet with Argon/CO2 welding process and the suction tube shall be made of Rigid
PVC with filter. The Foam type fire extinguisher capacity shall be of 9 Ltrs stored pressure
type or 2-1/2 Gallon. All extinguishers shall carry instructions for use in English and Arabic.
2. The capacity of the extinguisher shall be of 9Lts and 2-1/2Gallon shall have a fire rating of
21A & 183B as per BS EN3.
3. The Foam extinguishers are recommended with the capacities and fire rating as follows:
1 9 Liter Foam Mobile Min 13A II B

Westbay Villa
4. The Foam type fire extinguishers: The product should have at least been certified by two
independent Certification Organizations from International Testing Laboratories &
Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB approval/KITE mark approval and or UL
listed/FM Approved.
2.8 Wet Chemical Fire Extinguisher: (FIRST AID EQUIPMENT)

1. The W et Chemical Fire Extinguishers shall have LPCB Approved /BSI KITE mark
approved and comply with BS EN3 standards. The cylinder shall be tested to 30 bar and
shall have minimum pressure of 10 bar. The capacity shall be of 3 liters 25F/13A & 6 liters
with 75F/13A ratings. They shall be provided in all the kitchens. The temperature shall range
from +5° to 60°C.
2. The W et Chemical extinguishers are recommended with the capacities and fire rating as
follows:
1 6 ltr Wet Chemical 13A & 75F
3. The Wet chemical type fire extinguishers: The product should have at least been certified
by two independent Certification Organizations from International Testing
Laboratories & Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB approval/KITE mark approval
and or UL listed/\fm Approved.
2.9 Installation:
1. Fire extinguishers shall be conspicuously located where they will be readily accessible and
immediately available in the event of fire. Preferably they shall be located along normal paths
of travel, including exits from areas.
2. Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view.
3. Portable fire extinguishers other than wheeled types shall be securely installed on the hanger
or in the bracket supplied or placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall
be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wheeled-type fire extinguishers shall be located in a designated
location.
4. Fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 lb (18.14 kg) shall be installed so
that the top of the fire extinguisher is not more than 5
5. ft (1.53 m) above the floor. Fire extinguishers having a gross weight greater than 40 lb (18.14
kg) (except wheeled types) shall be so installed
6. that the top of the fire extinguisher is not more than 31/2 ft (1.07 m) above the floor. In no
case shall the clearance between the bottom of the fire extinguisher and the floor be less
than 4 in. (10.2 cm).
7. Fire extinguishers shall be installed in a 1.2 mm thick, stainless steel, polished finish cabinets
where required in finished rooms / office areas and as shown on the drawings and shall be
confirmed with the Architect.
2.10 FIRE HOSE REELS-Automatic Type. (FIRST AID EQUIPMENT)

1. The hose reel drum shall be made of electrogalvanized steel sheet or stainless sheet and the
cabinet shall be supported with reinforced support arm and swing through 180 degrees.
Welding of any part on cabinet front shall not be allowed. The middle piece of the hose reel
shall be not less than 200mm diameter. The reels shall comply with BS EN 671-1
and comprise a reinforced semi rigid hose. The semi rigid hose use for the hosereel shall be
LPCB/BSI Kite mark and or having Local Civil Defense approved in conformance to BS EN

Westbay Villa
694. The semi rigid hose shall be 25mm or 40 mm diameter x 30m long, coiled on a revolving
drum. The outer end of a hose shall be fitted with a “jet / spray / shut-off” control nozzle. The
inner end of the hose shall be connected through the reel to the water supply. All water
passage must be brass chrome plated and plastic parts are not permitted. Complete
unit to be listed. The product should have at least been certified by two independent
Certification Organizations from International Testing Laboratories & Accredited
Certification Bodies as LPCB approval/KITE mark approval. Incase of automatic hose
reels, the reels shall incorporate a valve that automatically turns on the water supply when
approximately 3 mtr of hose is unreeled, and shut off again when the hose is re-wound onto
the reel. A manual shut-off valve of the wheel type shall also be installed on the service pipe
to each hose reel.
2. The hose nozzle shall be, (JET/SPRAY/SHUT OFF) type nozzle.
3. Each hose reel shall be installed and tested to BS 5306 and shall deliver not less than 0.4 l/s
when the two top-most reels are in use simultaneously providing a jet of approximately 6 mtr.
in length. Pressure reducing devices shall be provided whenever necessary to limit the
pressure as per local authority remotest point requirenment.
4. Brief operating instructions should be clearly displayed on or by each hose reel in both
English & Arabic languages
5. The hose reels shall be suitable for working pressures up to 12 bar (175psi) and shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2.11 FIRE HOSE & NOZZLE: (FIRST AID EQUIPMENT)

1. Fire Hose and Nozzles: The product should have at least been certified by two
Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB approval/BSI KITE mark approval and or UL
listed/FM Approved.
2. Fire hose shall be of synthetic re-inforced rubber lined, 65 mm diameter and 30 m long
equipped with brass chrome plated male coupling for the connection with the landing valve,
and female coupling for the connection 65 mm chrome plated adjustable diffuser nozzle. The
fire hose unit shall include the landing valve specified above, and shall have minimum
working pressure of 15 Bar and bursting pressure of minimum 45 Bar.
2.12 LANDING VALVES (Pressure Reducing & Resisting Devices):

1. Landing valves shall be of pressure reducing and restricting type devises acceptable to the
Fire Brigade use inside buildings. This device shall have 65mm inlet diameter bore fitted with
65 mm. instantaneous female coupling conforming to BS 336 and a blank cap secured by a
suitable length of chain. The product should have at least been certified by two
Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB approval/BSI KITE mark approval and or UL
listed/FM Approved.
2. The valve shall be of brass / Gunmetal construction with approved finish.If the landing valve
is UL listed then the outlet coupling must be quick instantanious with local fire services. The
installation of the coupling should be done by an authorized installer.
3. Landing valves shall be installed inside the cabinet, at a height above floor level between
750 mm and 1100 mm. The outlet shall be installed to give clearances of not less than 150
mm on both sides and below the valve and not less than 200 mm clearance above the hand
wheel.
2.13 HOSE REEL CABINETS:

1. Hose reel cabinets: The product should have at least been certified by by two
Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB/BSI Kitemark approval.
2. The hose reel cabinet shall be either wall-mounted type or recessed type. The cabinet can be
single or double to accommodate fire hose reel in the upper compartment and other fire
equipments including hose rack in the bottom compartment. The cabinet has to be made of

Westbay Villa
minimum 1.2mm thickness electro-galvanized steel sheet or stainless steel as per design
requirement. The door can be different type like wood to steel finish, marble finish, MDF
wooden door, clear glass or wired glass. The stainless steel cabinets shall be polished finish
type, the finish shall be decided upon the approval of the architect.
3. The Double fire hose reel cabinet in different locations of the building shall have following
specified fire equipments:
a. Automatic or manual Fire Hose Reel
b. Landing Valves, Fire Hose and Nozzle or fire hose rack assembly
c. 2 kg CO2 Fire Extinguisher
d. 6 kg DCP Fire Extinguisher
2.14 FIRE BREECHING INLET VALVE:

1. The unit shall be of BSI kitemark/LPCB approved and or UL Listed/FM approved.
2. The inlet breeching piece shall be of horizontal pattern having a 100 mm flanged outlet and
two 65 mm instantaneous male inlets complete with blank caps and chains. A non-return
(check) valve shall protect the inlet.
3. The coupling shall comply with BS 336. The inlet connections shall be of suitable type of
local fire brigade department.
4. The breaching piece shall be equipped with a 25 mm drain valve to drain the riser.
5. All parts including valve body, chain and caps shall be brass / gunmetal if it is UL Listed and
valves body shall be made of DI body with Brass Inlet Valves polished chrome plated if it is
BSI kitemark/LPCB approved. The product should have at least been certified by two
Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB approval/KITE mark approval and or UL
listed/FM Approved.
2.15 FIRE BREECHING INLET VALVE CABINET:

1. The unit shall be BSI kitemark/LPCB approved. The product should have at least been
certified by two independent Certification Organizations from International Testing
Laboratories & Accredited Certification Bodies as LPCB approval/BSI KITE mark approval.
2. The inlet breeching unit shall be housed in an steel flush box painted by polyster powder
coated with wired glass glazed front panel as per BS 5041-5 standard and:
a. Conspicuously indicated by the words: “Dry Riser Inlet, Sprinkler Inlet, W et Riser Inlet”
in block letters on the inner face of the glass, depending on the project type.
b. Fastened only by means of a spring lock, which can also be operated from the inside
without the aid of a key after the glass has been broken.
c. Made large enough for hose to be connected to inlets even if the door cannot be
opened and the only means of access is by breaking the glass.
2.16 EXECUTION/ INSTALLATION.

1. Standpipe and hose systems shall be installed in accordance with NFPA-14 and Authority
having jurisdiction requirements and as shown on the drawing.
2. The Fire protection contractor shall be responsible to co-ordinate his work with all other
trades and shall be completely familiar with and shall make allowance for conditions which
affect the fire protection installation.
3. The Fire hose cabinets shall be mounted securely in the concrete block walls, shimmying
the back box and mortaring tightly in place.
4. Provide a pressure guage with a isolation cock with inspectors test plug on top and bottom
of the each stand pipe risers.
5. Chrome plated nipples shall be provided in between the landing valve and hose connection.
Chrome plated escutcheons shall be provided where pipes penetrate the cabinet.
6. A waterflow switch shall be provided in each standpipe riser and interfaced to fire alarm
system for monitoring and to locate the section of waterflow during fire fighting operation.

Westbay Villa
7. A drain valve and piping, located at the lowest point of the standpipe piping downstream of
the isolation valve, shall be arranged to discharge water at an approved location.
2.17 CLEANING AND TESTING

1. Tubes and all items of equipment shall be delivered, stored and maintained in closed
storage with their open ends effectively plugged, capped or sealed. All fittings, valves and
sundry items shall be stored in clean bins or bagged and stowed in suitable racks. All such
stored items shall be maintained under weatherproofed cover to be supplied by the MEP
sub-contractor until they are ready for incorporation in the works. Particular care shall be
taken to ensure that electrical equipment and components are kept clean and dry.
2. Before installations are handed over or subjected to the inspection and tests, the entire
installation shall be thoroughly cleaned, both internally and externally.
3. All fire protection installations shall be flushed out with clean water. During the flushing out,
provision shall be made to exclude any items of plant, which could be damaged by the
cleaning operation. The entire operation shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
4. The fire protection system shall be tested in accordance with the NFPA codes and the
relevant standards, with particular reference the requirements set forth in this section:
5. All testing shall be performed under the work of this section. All services required for testing
shall be a responsibility of the work of this section. The MEP sub-Contractor shall notify the
Engineer of all tests, 48 hours prior to testing.
6. If the systems are tested in sections, the connection to the previously tested section shall be
included.
7. All tests that may be required by the local fire authorities shall be performed under the work
of this section, in the presence of their representative, if so required.
8. All leaks shall be corrected and the system re-tested until no leaks are found, at no cost to
the client.
9. Functional tests of all water flow alarms are a responsibility of the works of this Section.
10. When the various systems are completed, operation tests shall be run on all equipment to
demonstrate proper operating conditions. These tests shall be run under the observation of
the inspector and the client’s operating engineer. The client’s operators shall be instructed
during this period. Operation tests shall be performed under the work of this section.
11. Should any piece of equipment or apparatus of any material or work fail in any of these tests,
it shall be immediately removed and replaced by a perfect material, and the portion of the
work replaces shall again be tested under the work of this Section.
3. FIRE PUMP SETS:
3.1 GENERAL:
1. Each system shall be design to insure the maximum pumping capacity even if 1 pump fails.
2. The total supplying of all the necessary equipment for the firewater production (including
pumps, engines driven, controllers, instrumentation, piping, valves, relief valves, …) is
included in the Contractor’s scope of work.
3. The supplying and installation of the day fuel tank of the engines is included in the
Contractor’s scope.
4. The fuel tank (and all the fuel installation) shall be in accordance with NFPA standards.
5. The air supply system of the diesel engines drive (automatic opening, venting panels, ..) is
included in the Contractor’s scope.

Westbay Villa
6. The fire pumps, motor, engine and electric pump controllers and diesel pump controllers shall
be UL listed or FM approved, built in the country where the agreement is made. Unit
responsibility must be submitted from the manufacturer.
7. The fire pumps and engine driven shall be in accordance with NPFA 20 (curves, starting,
protection, …).
8. The problem of surge (hammer effect) shall be taken into account in the design. A surge
analysis shall be conducted and specific surge pressure control system shall be installed.
9. Over-pressure system shall also be installed.
10. The contractor shall provide fully certified hydraulic calculations for exact sizing of the pumps.
11. The pumps shall be furnished with a full set of bench test certificates proving acceptability for
the design points of this installation.
3.2 PRODUCTS:
3.2.1 FIRE PUMPS:

1. Fire pumps shall be UL or FM approved. Each pump shall have a capacity as shown in pump
schedule, adjusted as necessary to suit the hydraulic calculations.
2. The pumping unit or package shall meet all requirements complying with NFPA 20
3. The pumps shall also deliver not less than 150% of rated capacity at a pressure of not less
than 65% of rated pressure. The shutoff pressure shall not exceed 140% of the rated
pressure at rated capacity.
3.2.2 FIRE PUMPS TYPE:

1. Each fire pump shall be of horizontal split case centrifugal single stage or multistage
construction, specifically labeled for fire service and capable of providing the required flow
and pressure of the entire development. The pump shall be connected to the combined
sprinkler/standpipe system. The suction supply for the fire pump shall be from a storage tank
at a maximum pressure of 20 kPa and a minimum pressure of 0 kPa. The pump casing shall
be cast iron and rated to withstand twice the working pressure.
3.2.3 PUMP CONSTRUCTION:

1. The pump construction shall be cast iron casing, Bronzr impeller, Stainless Steel shaft and
gland packing.
2. Note: The pump shall also deliver not less than 150 % of the rated capacity at a pressure of
not less than 65 % of the rated pressure. The shut off pressure shall not exceed 140 % of the
rated pressure at rated capacity.
3.2.4 PUMP DISCHARGE & HEAD:

1. The pump discharge & head shown on the drawing schedule is an estimate. The fire
protection contractor shall select a pump discharge and head to satisfy the fire protection
system requirements resulting from the system hydraulic calculations.
3.2.5 FIRE PUMP ACCESSORIES:

1. The Fire and Sprinkler Pumps shall include the following accessories, as required by NFPA
standards:
a. Flow Metering Device, shall be of the Venturi type. Pilot and annubar devices will not be
acceptable- One metering device shall be provided for each pump. or as shown on the
drawings. Pipe water back to the storage tank.
b. Discharge tee.
c. Necessary isolating valves with supervisory switches.

Westbay Villa
d. Air release valve and fittings.

e. Discharge pressure gauge.
f. Main relief valve, pilot operated, enclosed relief valve overflow cone and discharge tee
with elbow (diesel drive only).
g. Main relief valve with discharge pipes to water tank.
h. Pump casing relief valve.
3.2.6 ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVE:

1. On installations where the Fire Pump is to be operated electrically, the electric motor shall be
a horizontal, open drip-proof type U/L listed, wound
2. for 380 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz (cycle) current The motor shall be of such capacity that 115% of
the full-load ampere rating shall not be exceeded at any condition of the pump load for UL
Listed fire pump.
3. W ith an ambient temperature not exceeding 40 deg. C, the motor shall be designed for a
temperature rise not exceeding 60 deg. C when carrying fully rated-load continuously, and
shall be capable of operating continuously with an overload of 15% without stress or
excessive rise in temperature. The locked rotor current shall not exceed the values specified
in NFPA Pamphlet No. 20.
4. Bearings shall be anti-friction ball or roller type.
3.2.7 CONTROL EQUIPMENT FOR ELECTRIC DRIVE:

1. The Fire Pump motor control shall be UL listed and FM Approved. It shall be completely
assembled, wired and tested by the control manufacturer before shipment from factory, and
shall be labeled 'Fire Pump Controller". The controller shall be located as practical and within
the sight of the motor.
2. The controller shall be so located or protected that it will not be injured by water escaping
from the pump or connection. The controller shall be of the combined manual and automatic
star & delta type. and shall be complete with:
a. Disconnect switch - externally operable, quick-break type.
b. Circuit breaker - time delay type with trips in all phases set for 300% of the motor full
load current-
c. Motor starter, capable of being energized automatically through the pressure switch or
manually by means of an externally operable handle. Motor starter shall be of the
autotransformer type.
d. Pressure switch, of adjustable type.
e. Running period timer - set to keep motor in operation, when started automatically, for a
minimum period of one minute for each 10 HP motor rating, but not to exceed 7
minutes.
f. Pilot lamp - to indicate circuit breaker closed and power available.
g. Ammeter test link and voltmeter test studs.
h. Alarm relay - to energize an audible or visible alarm through an independent source of
power to indicate circuit breaker open or power failure.
i. Manual selection station - a two position station shall be provided on the enclosure
marked "Automatic" and Non-automatic".
j. Means shall be provided on the Controller to operate an alarm signal continuously
while the pump is running.
k. Provisions for power supply at 220 V for diesel pump battery chargers.
l. Control equipment shall meet all requirements of NFPA20 & NFPA72.
3.2.8 DIESEL ENGINE DRIVE:

1. Diesel engine shall be UL listed and FM approved for fire protection service.

Westbay Villa
2. The engine shall be of the self contained open type, mounted on a suitable base with the
following minimum plus any others that may be necessary by NFPA-20 and local CD
requirements.
a. Dual battery set sized to NFPA -20 requirements with electrolyte shipped in separate
containers, rack and cables.
b. Dual battery charger of proper type for batteries used ( included in UL Listed / FM
Approved controller ). Power to battery charger shall be supplied from electric pump
control panel. W iring from control panel to battery chargers shall be by the contractor.
c. Electric starter with suitable generator and voltage regulator.
d. Engine water pump.
e. Heat exchanger cooling system.
f. Water cooled or ceramic blanketed exhaust manifold.
g. Lubricating oil pump and filter.
h. Fuel injection system.
i. Air cleaner.
j. Proper instrument panel, complete with engine run warning light, water temperature
gauge, oil pressure gauge, voltmeter, totalizing type tachometer and hour meter.
k. Residential Grade Muffler.
l. Cooling water line for the engine heat exchanger assembly.
m. Flexible exhaust connectors.
n. All engine wiring for automatic operation shall terminate in a proper junction box to
permit connection to control panel.
3.2.9 FUEL SYSTEM :

1. A suitable fuel system for the diesel engine shall be furnished. It must be in accordance with
NFPA Pamphlet No.20 and shall include above surface day storage tank, flexible hose
connectors, combination vent, flesh arrestor and fill cap.
3.2.10 SILENCER ( MUFFLER ) :

1. The silencers shall be Silex series JA. The silencer shall be for turbo-charged engines, sized
and selected to accommodate the allowable pressure drop of the engine.
2. The silencer shall provide an average attenuation of 20-25 Db (a).
3. The silencer shall be designed by HEAVY DUTY APPLICATIONS, with noise attenuation
across the entire audible range of the frequency spectrum 63 through 8000 Hz. The silencer
shall consist of a series of chambers connected by non-resonant tubes. The entire silencer
shall be manufactured from plate steel and be of a completely welded design. The heavy
plate ensure longer silencer life and better resistance to damage. The heavy plate shall
prevent shell radiated noise. There shall be no spot welds or press fits used.
4. Silencer inlet and discharge shall be flanged, manufactured from minimum 10mm thick plate
and drilled to ANSI 70 kg. Silencers shall be either and in/end out and side in/end out
configurations to suit installation.
5. Provide 12mm drain connections. Prior to shipping, the silencers shall be thoroughly cleaned
and coated in a high temperature 650ºC aluminium paint.
3.2.11 DIESEL ENGINE DRIVE CONTROLLER :

1. Automatic Diesel Drive Engine Control Panel : The automatic engine control panel shall be
UL/FM approved for fire pump service and meet the requirements of NFPA20. The panel
shall be of the floor mounted type, and enclosed in a moisture and dust tight housing. A
combination manual and automatic type controller with “Manual-Off-Automatic” selector shall

Westbay Villa
be provided and a 240 volt single phase power failure relay or a pressure switch, which will (
when the system pressure drops ) activate all electric circuits to automatically start the
engine.
2. Should the engine fail to start after the required cranking cycles, the controller shall
disconnect the starting circuit and activate an alarm system using lights and buzzer or bell.
“Low oil pressure” and “high jacket-water temperature” shall also be indicated by a suitable
alarm system. The engine shall not shut down if either of these conditions occurs during an
operating cycle.
3. The engine shall be started automatically by the Controller at least once a week, adjustable,
and operate a minimum of 30 minutes ( adjustable ). An appropriate timing arrangement
shall determine the day and hour of this test.
4. Pressure recorder ( 7 day drive ) shall be provided within the control panel.
5. Fire Pump Controller shall be a diesel engine type, Controller approved and listed by the
Underwriters Laboratories for fire pump service, carry the labels of both UL/FM and meet the
requirements of the NFPA20.
The controller shall incorporate the following :
6. Each charger shall be completely independent of the other charger and equipped with its
own individual power transformer, rated for a maximum continuous charge current of 10A.
The charger shall be of solid state electronic design, with semi-conductor type rectifier, and
include the following supervisory and safety features :
a. Current limiting in every charging mode
b. Over current shut-off
c. Automatic selection of bulk or charge by sensing battery voltage
d. Trickle charge limited to less than 500MA
e. Reverse voltage shut-off
f. Dead cell detection
g. Over and under voltage alarm
7. In case of battery failure, the charger shall initiate an alarm and provide a signal to prevent
the use of the defective battery during the start attempt cycle.
8. Relays : All relays shall be equipped with manual test buttons, status “ON” – “OFF”
indicators, be of the plug in type and shall meet all voltage and current requirements.
9. Remote Alarm Circuit : A total of five ( 5 ) standard alarm contacts, rated at 10 A, 125 V shall
be provided and wired to the field terminal block, to indicate the following engine conditions :
a. SPDT contact : Engine Running
b. 1 N/O contact : Contact shall close when main switch in Auto-position
c. 1 N/O contact : Contract shall close when main switch is in OFF or Manual position.
d. SPDT contact : Engine trouble. This shall be a common alarm contact indicating the
following conditions. Engine over speed, engine fail to start, low oil pressure, high
coolant temperature.
10. Description of Operation : A four positions main switch shall provide selection of three
starting method and one OFF position.
a. OFF position shall shut down engine and alarms under any condition.
b. AUTO position : a water pressure switch mounted inside the controller shall provide the
engine start on water pressure drop. The automatic starting circuit shall alternate the
two storage batteries after each start attempt. The attempt to start cycle shall consist of
six cranks and five rest periods of 15 seconds duration. In the event of one battery
failure, the starting cycle shall lock itself to the remaining battery. In case of engine
failure, the controller shall stop any further cranking and energize the ENGINE FAIL TO
START alarm. A manual stop push button shall enable engine shut down, but only after
all starting causes have returned to normal. The automatic Weekly Exercise cycle shall
also be operational in the auto-position. This cycle shall be programmed on the 7 day

Westbay Villa
time clock. A short opening of the water solenoid valve shall create a momentary
pressure drop and cause automatic engine start. At the end of the programmed
Exercise cycle, engine shall shut down automatically. A manual test switch located on
the time clock shall allow for manual test operation of the weekly exercise cycle. The 7
day time clock shall hold its time on A/C power failure and not require resetting.
c. TEST Position : Engine shall start in the same manner as the above exercise cycle
start. Turning main switch to Auto or Off position shall shut down engine.
d. MANUAL Position : Start pushbutton “Battery 1” or “Battery 2”, shall override all
automatic starting circuits, and allow for direct manual engine start.
e. Safety Shut Down : Engine overspeed condition shall shut down engine without time
delay and lock out until manually reset.
11. The controller shall provide the following additional safety features Engine shut down in case
of low oil pressure or high coolant temperature during exercise, test or optional AC failure
operation only.
3.2.12 JOCKEY PUMP:

1. The Jockey pump capacity and pressure shall be as indicated in the pump schedule on the
drawings.
2. Pump shall be constructed as follows:
Type : Vertical multi-stage motor driven,
Rotation : Counter-clockwise, viewed down
Motor : TEFC
Motor bracket : Cast type, connecting motor to pump
Diffuser cases : Pressure containing, flow directing
Impellers : Stainless steel
Shaft, l : Stainless steel,
Pump discharge : Flanged type
Control : Definite purpose type, magnetic starter
In NEMA II enclosure, with reset button
3. Pump controller shall be factory pre-wired and tested. Pressure switch shall sense low
pressure in the fire pump system. Set cut-in pressure 10 PSI above main fire pump cut-in
pressure. Set cut-out pressure at system pressure. Provide minimum run timer to operate the
pump for a minimum of 3 minutes.
4. Across the fine start, H-O-A selector switch.
5. Control panel to contain a fusible 3-pole disconnect switch, magnetic motor contractor and
thermal overload relays with external reset Enclosure to be wall mounted with hinged door.
4. SPRINKLER SYSTEM:
4.1 HAZARD CLASSIFICATION:

1. The sprinkler system shall be designed as per NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler System
requirements. Spacing of sprinklers shall suit the hazard of the occupancy as shown in the
drawing.

Westbay Villa
4.2 SUBMITTAL DATA.

1. Submit system layout drawings, component Shop drawings,specification and hydraulic
calculations for consultant review prior to commencing installation.
2. Submitte data shall be certified correct and bear the contractor engineers certification prior to
submission to the consultant.
3. Upon completion of installation , modify the system calculation and submit hydraulic design
data base on as built system.
4. Obtain all the approvals before proceeding with the work.
4.3 General
1. All sprinklers shall be of UL listed / FM Approved .
2. The sprinkler heads shall be of the spray pattern installed in an upright position or pendant
position as may be required. Sprinkler in false ceilings shall be concealed to ceiling and to
architects’ approval.
3. The design Criteria for all sprinklers such as K-factor, type and operating temperature shall
be submitted for approval.
4. A set of spare sprinkler heads shall be provided and located in a cabinet in the fire pump
room together with sprinkler spanners for use in removing and installation of the heads as
recommended in NFPA-13 and local authority requirements.
5. The sprinklers and lines shall not be spaced too close together in order to prevent an
operating sprinkler from wetting and hereby delaying operation of adjacent sprinklers.
6. In locations where sprinkler heads are liable to be operated or damaged by accidental blows,
stout metal guards should protect them; care being taken
7. to ensure that the normal operation of the sprinkler head in the event of fire is not thereby
impeded.
8. The contractor shall supply set of spare sprinkler heads in each type / temperature range and
located in a cabinet in the fire pump room together with sprinkler spanners for use in
removing and installation of the heads as recommended in NFPA-13 and local authority
requirements.
9. Finish of sprinklers shall be to the approval of the architect.
4.4 SPRINKLER CONTROL VALVES :
4.4.1 ALARM VALVES:

1. It should be UL 753 listed conforming to NFPA-13. Retarding device of approved design to
obviate false alarms due to mains pressure variations where necessary or where indicated.
2. .Alarm valves shall be complete with Water Motor Alarm Gong, all required auxiliary valves
and drains and with pressure switch for wiring into the building electric alarm system.
3. Alarm check valves shall be iron body bronze trim for minimum175psig(12bar) working
pressure complete with electric pressure switches, test and alarm bell connections. Pressure
gauges and all other ancillaries.
4.4.2 WATER MOTOR ALARMS:

1. The sprinkler system shall be fitted with an approved water motor alarm, which shall be
located at a distance not exceeding 21m from the alarm valve, and at a height not to exceed
6m above the alarm valve.
2. The pipe work and fittings used shall be galvanized and to the sizes determined by the
NFPA-13
3. The pipe work shall be arranged to drain through a fitting having an orifice not exceeding 3
mm in diameter. The orifice plate may form an integral part of the fitting but shall be

Westbay Villa
manufactured from a non-ferrous material to prevent the hole from becoming blocked by
corrosion or foreign matter.
4. A 15 mm test valve shall be installed on the installation side of each alarm valve.
4.4.3 ELECTRIC ALARM PRESSURE SWITCHES:

1. The electric alarm pressure swithch should be UL 753 Listed. It shall be installed in the
system as per NFPA 13 and they shall be mounted on a vertical branch pipe at least 300 mm
long.
2. The pressure switch shall be sufficiently sensitive to operate when only one sprinkler is
discharging. The pressure switch shall be provided with volt free contracts to facilitate
monitoring by a Building Management System, and wired to the main fire alarm panel.
4.4.4 PRESSURE GAUGES:

1. Pressure gauges shall be fitted to meet the requirements of the LPCB. Pressure gauges
shall conform to BS 1780 or equivalent International Standards. The maximum reading of the
scale shall be 150% of the maximum system pressure and each scale shall have divisions
not exceeding 0.2bar.
4.4.5 AUTOMATIC ZONE CHECK /ZONE CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY:

1. A zone control valve set shall UL, FM Approved and it is to be provided for each sprinkler
system zone as shown in the drawings, and shall comprise:
2. Butterfly valve shall have UL 1091 .It shall be fitted with factory installed UL/Fm apporved
tamper switch.
3. Flow alarm switch shall be UL listed and FM approved for the size of the pipe in which it is
installed as a paddle type water flow indicator. Shall be fixed after the butterfly valve, on the
main supply pipe and before any connection is taken off.
4. Inspector test and drain connections.
5. Dial pressure gauges suitable for the water pressures shall be fitted so arranged that it can
be easily removed for testing and checking without shutting down the water supply.
6. Provide UL listed automatic zone check assembly to support monitoring, controlling,
inspection, testing & maintenance of each zone in sprinkler system, where shown in the
drawing as sprinkler zone control valve assembly
7. They consist of following:
a. Two sets of valve, elbows and pipes to facilitate the circulation of the water around
water flow monitoring switch.
b. Vane-type water flow monitoring switch (WFMS).
c. Electrical box enabling control of motor and monitor of WFMS, local / remote as
required.
8. W hen actuated they shall perform the following:
a. Test mode actuation: When activated in test mode, the pump shall circulate the water,
within the sprinkler riser, around W FMS to stimulate the flow of one sprinkler head in
operation. The electrical box shall control and monitor, motor and W FMS respectively,
as required.
b. Fire mode actuation: When fire occurs, the sprinkler burst and water starts flowing to
control / extinguish the fire. This leads to flow equal to or more than one sprinkler
through the W FMS actuating it. The fire alarm panel / flow monitoring panel performs
monitors / controls required in the fire condition when the W FMS actuation signal reach
them.
9. They shall have following features in the system:
c. Insure the testing of WFMS as per the requirements of BS5306 Part-2 & NFPA 25
without activating the fire pump and opening of test/drain valve.

Westbay Villa
d. Installed in such a way that the test shall be conducted from a central control room,
through single push button and the individual WFMS status can be read from main fire
alarm panel or separate flow monitoring panel.
e. Have the future (contacts and relays) facilitating the connection to BMS, for automatic
actuation, once in 3 months which records the status as required.
4.5 ISOLATING VALVES OS & Y Type :

1. Isolating valves shall be UL 262 Listed and shall be fitted to the installation in order to shut
the valve, the spindle must turn clockwise. The hand wheels of all stop valves shall be clearly
marked to indicate which direction the wheel is to be turned to close the valve.
2. An indication shall also be provided which shows whether the valve is open or shut.
3. Each main stop valves shall be installed with a tamper / supervisory switch and
interconnected to the building fire alarm system or secured open by a padlock or riveted
strap.
4.6 DRAIN LINES

1. All drain lines from test valves, drain down points etc., shall discharge over suitable and
proper drain vent. Each drain vent shall be connected to a 50 mm galvanized steel drain line,
which shall discharge over a suitable gully.
2. All drain-vent, pipe fittings, and support clips used for the drain lines shall be galvanized.
4.7 EXECUTION/INSTALLATION.
1. The “Protection Area of Coverage” per sprinkler shall be determined as the multiplication of
the distance between sprinklers upstream and downstream, and the perpendicular distance
between a sprinkler and another on the adjacent branch line.
2. Installation for hydraulically calculated system with concealed pendent and upright sprinklers
shall be, according to NFPA 13 latest edition and local authority requirements.
3. Complete Sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance with NFPA-13 and authority
having jurisdiction requirements and as shown on the drawing.
4. The Fire protection contractor shall be responsible to co-ordinate his work with all other
trades and shall be completely familiar with and shall make allowance for conditions which
affect the fire protection installation.
5. The Zone control valve assembly locations and access panels shall be mounted securely
and provided with proper sign boards.
6. Provide a pressure guage with a isolation cock with inspectors test plug on top of the each
sprinkler pipe risers.
4.8 CLEANING AND TESTING

1. Tubes and all items of equipment shall be delivered, stored and maintained in closed storage
with their open ends effectively plugged, capped or sealed. All fittings, valves and sundry
items shall be stored in clean bins or bagged and stowed in suitable racks. All such stored
items shall be maintained under weatherproofed cover to be supplied by the MEP sub-
contractor until they are ready for incorporation in the works. Particular care shall be taken to
ensure that electrical equipment and components are kept clean and dry.
2. Before installations are handed over or subjected to the inspection and tests, the entire
installation shall be thoroughly cleaned, both internally and externally.
3. All fire protection installations shall be flushed out with clean water. During the flushing out,
provision shall be made to exclude any items of plant, which could be damaged by the
cleaning operation. The entire operation shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
4. The fire protection system shall be tested in accordance with the NFPA codes and the
relevant standards, with particular reference the requirements set forth in this section:

Westbay Villa
5. All testing shall be performed under the work of this section. All services required for testing
shall be a responsibility of the work of this section. The MEP Contractor shall notify the
Engineer of all tests, 48 hours prior to testing.
6. The fire protection piping System shall be tested hydrostatically for not less than 2 hours and
at one time of the system pressure without any leaks or as directed by the local fire
department.
7. If the systems are tested in sections, the connection to the previously tested section shall be
included.
8. All tests that may be required by the local fire authorities shall be performed under the work
of this section, in the presence of their representative, if so required.
9. All leaks shall be corrected and the system re-tested until no leaks are found, at no cost to
the client.
10. Functional tests of all water flow alarms are a responsibility of the works of this Section.
11. When the various systems are completed, operation tests shall be run on all equipment to
demonstrate proper operating conditions. These tests shall be run under the observation of
the inspector and the client’s operating engineer. The client’s operators shall be instructed
during this period. Operation tests shall be performed under the work of this section.
12. Should any piece of equipment or apparatus of any material or work fail in any of these tests,
it shall be immediately removed and replaced by a perfect material, and the portion of the
work replaces shall again be tested under the work of this Section.
13. Cost to repair any damages to the building construction occasioned by pipe leaks or
defective materials shall be become under the works of this section, at no cost to the client.
All corrective work shall commence immediately after damage occurs.
5. CLEAN AGENT FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (FM-200 / HFC-227EA)
5.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS :
5.1.1 SCOPE:
1. This specification outlines the requirements for a “Total Flooding” Clean Agent Fire
Suppression System with automatic detection and control. The work described in this
specification includes all engineering, labor, materials, equipment and services necessary,
and required, to complete and test the suppression system.
5.1.2 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS:

1. The design, equipment, installation, testing and maintenance of the Clean Agent
Suppression System shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in the
latest edition of the following codes and standards:
a. NFPA No. 2001 - Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems
b. NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code.
c. NFPA No. 72 - Standard For Fire Alarm System
d. Factory Mutual Approval Guide
e. U.L Listings

Westbay Villa
f. Requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ)

2. The standards listed, as well as all other applicable codes and standards, shall be used as
"minimum" design standards. Also to be considered are good engineering practices.
5.1.3 REQUIREMENTS:
1. The FM 200 Fire Suppression System installation shall be made in accordance with the
drawings, specifications and applicable standards.
5.2 SCOPE OF WORK

1. The Specialist contract shall include the following materials / works in their scope but not
limited to:
a. Design & Engineering of clean Agent fire suppression system;
b. Prepare workshop drawing and technical submittals;
c. Perform Flow calculation;
d. Clean Agent gas storage cylinders filled with gas and all hardware accessories;
e. Cylinder Manifold and discharge piping;
f. Discharge Nozzles;
g. Gas low pressure switch & Gas discarge pressure switch;
h. Fire Detection and Alarm system c/w Optical smoke detectors, manual release, Auto /
Manual selector switch, Abort unit, First stage Alarm bell, second stage Alarm sounder,
strobe horn, Gas discharge warning sign and associated cabling etc;
i. Gas release control panel
j. Interlock wiring and conduit for shutdown of HVAC, dampers
k. and/or electric power supplies, relays or shunt trip breakers.
l. Providing Drop curtains for any permanent openings;
m. Integrity Test and Functional test;
n. Training to the client representatives;
o. Provide As Built drawings and Operation & Maintenance Manuals.
2. The work listed below shall be provided by others, or under other sections of this
specification:
a. 120 VAC or 208/220 VAC power supply to the Fire suppression control panel.
b. Connection to local/remote fire alarm systems, listed central alarm station.
c. Sealing of openings to maintain the protected room enclosure as Air tight.
5.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
5.3.1 MANUFACTURER:
1. The manufacturer of the Suppression System hardware and detection components shall
have a minimum of 10 years experience in the design and manufacture of similar types of
suppression systems and who can refer to similar installations providing satisfactory service.
2. The name of the manufacturer, part numbers and serial numbers shall appear on all major
components.
3. All devices, components and equipment shall be new, standard products of the
manufacturer’s latest design and suitable to perform the functions intended.
4. All equipment shall be U.L listed and/or FM approved.
5.4 INSTALLER:
1. The installing contractor shall be trained by the supplier to design, install, test and maintain
Suppression Systems.

Westbay Villa
2. The installing contractor shall be an experienced firm regularly engaged in the installation of
automatic Clean Agent, or similar, fire suppression systems in strict accordance with all
applicable standards.
3. The installing contractor must have a minimum of eight (8) years experience in the design,
installation and testing of Clean Agent, or similar, fire suppression systems.
A list of systems of a similar nature and scope shall be provided on request.
4. The installing contractor shall maintain, or have access to, a Clean Agent recharging station.
The installing contractor shall provide proof of his ability to recharge the largest Clean Agent
system within 24 hours after a discharge. Include the amount of bulk agent storage
available.
5. The installing contractor shall be an authorized stocking distributor of the Clean Agent
system equipment so that immediate replacement parts are available from inventory.
6. The installing contractor shall show proof of emergency service available on a twenty-four
hour, seven-days-a-week basis.
5.5 SUBMITTALS:
1. The installing contractor shall submit the following information for approval to the local Fire
Prevention Agency, owners Insurance Underwriter, Architect/Engineer, and all other
Authorities Having Jurisdiction before starting installation:
2. Field installation layout drawings scale shall be 1:100m detailing the location of all agent
storage tanks, pipe runs, including pipe sizes and lengths, control panel(s), detectors,
manual pull stations, abort stations, audible and visual alarms, etc.
a. Auxiliary details and information such as maintenance panels, door holders, special
sealing requirements and equipment shutdowns.
b. Separate layouts, or drawings, shall be provided for each level, ( i.e.; room, underfloor,
and above ceiling) and for mechanical and electrical work.
c. d) A separate layout or drawing shall show isometric details of agent storage
containers, mounting details and proposed pipe runs and sizes.\
3. Electrical layout drawings shall show the location of all devices and include point-to-point
conduit runs and a description of the method(s) used for detector mounting.
4. Internal control panel wiring diagram shall include power supply requirements and field wiring
termination points.
5. Graphic Annunciator wiring schematics and dimensioned display panel illustration shall be
provided. (Optional device)
6. Complete flow calculations shall be provided from a U.L. listed computer program, for all
engineered Clean Agent systems. Calculation sheet(s) must include the manufacturers
name and U.L. listing number for verification. The individual sections of pipe and each fitting
to be used, as shown on the isometrics, must be identified and included in the calculation.
Total agent discharge time must be shown and detailed by zone.
7. Provide calculations for the battery stand-by power supply taking into consideration the
power requirements of all alarms, initiating devices and auxiliary components under full load
conditions.
8. A complete sequence of operation detailing all alarm devices, shutdown functions, remote
signaling, damper operation, time delay and agent discharge for each zone or system.
5.6 CLEAN AGENT SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS :
5.6.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION:

1. The system shall be a Total Flood Clean Agent Suppression System supplied & installed by
an Authorised by the manufacturer.
2. The system shall provide minimum design concentration of 7.0%, by volume, in all areas
and/or protected spaces, at the minimum anticipated temperature within the protected area.

Westbay Villa
System design shall not exceed the NOAEL value of 9.0%, adjusted for maximum space
temperature anticipated, unless provisions for room evacuation, before agent release, are
provided.
3. The system shall be complete in all ways. It shall include all mechanical and electrical
installation, all detection and control equipment, agent storage containers, FM 200 agent,
discharge nozzles, pipe and fittings, manual release and abort stations, audible and visual
alarm devices, auxiliary devices and controls, shutdowns, alarm interface, caution/ advisory
signs,
4. functional checkout and testing, training and all other operations necessary for a functional,
U.L. Listed and/or F.M. approved FM 200 Clean Agent Suppression System.
5. Provide two (2) inspections during the first year of service. Inspections shall be made at 6
month intervals commencing when the system is first placed into normal service.
6. The general contractor shall be responsible for sealing and securing the protected spaces
against agent loss and/or leakage during the 10 minute "hold" period.
7. The system(s) shall be actuated by cross zoned photoelectric detectors installed at a
maximum spacing of 250 sq. ft. (23.2 sq. m) per detector, in both the room, underfloor and
above ceiling protected spaces. If the air flow is one air change per minute, photoelectric
detectors shall be installed at a spacing not to exceed 125 sq. ft. (11.6 sq. m) per detector.
(Ref. NFPA No. 72 - current edition)
8. Detectors shall be wired in Sequential Detection method of operation, standard Cross-Zoned
detection, or Single Detector Release, using either a Class "A" or Class "B" wiring
arrangement. No other detection / wiring arrangements will be acceptable.
9. Automatic operation of each protected area shall be as follows:
a. Actuation of one (1) detector, within the system, shall:
 Illuminate the "ALARM" lamp on the control panel face.
 Energize an alarm bell and/or an optional visual indicator.
Transfer sets of 5 Amp rated auxiliary contacts which can perform auxiliary
system functions such as:
10. Operate door holder/closures on access doors.

11. Transmit a signal to a fire alarm system.
12. Shutdown HVAC equipment.
a. Light an individual lamp on an optional graphic annunciator.
13. Actuation of a 2nd detector, within the system, shall:
a. Illuminate the "PRE-DISCHARGE" lamp on the control panel face.
b. Energize an predischarge horn or horn/strobe device.
c. Shut down the HVAC system and/or close dampers.
d. Start time-delay sequence (not to exceed 60 seconds). System abort sequence is
enabled at this time.
f) Light an individual lamp on an optional graphic annunciator.
14. After completion of the time-delay sequence, the HFC-227ea Clean Agent system shall
discharge and the following shall occur:
a. Illuminate a "SYSTEM FIRED" lamp on the control panel face.
b. Shutdown of all power to high-voltage equipment
c. Energize a visual indicator(s) outside the hazard in which the discharge occurred.
d. Energize a "System Fired" audible device. (Optional)

Westbay Villa
15. The system shall be capable of being actuated by manual discharge devices located at each
hazard exit. Operation of a manual device shall duplicate the sequence description above
except that the time delay and abort functions SHALL be bypassed. The manual discharge
station shall be of the electrical actuation type and shall be supervised at the main control
panel.
5.7 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
5.7.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

1. The Clean Agent System materials and equipment shall be standard products of the
supplier's latest design and suitable to perform the functions intended. W hen one or more
pieces of equipment must perform the same function(s), they shall be duplicates produced by
one manufacturer.
2. All devices and equipment shall be U/L Listed and or FM approved.
5.7.2 CLEAN Agent System AND DISTRIBUTION:

1. Each system shall have its own supply of clean agent.
2. The system design can be modular, central storage, or a combination of both design criteria.
3. Systems shall be designed in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines.
4. Each supply container shall be located within the hazard area, or as near as possible, to
reduce the amount of pipe and fittings required to install the system.
5. The clean agent shall be stored in Agent Storage Containers. Containers shall be super-
pressurized, with dry Nitrogen, to an operating pressure of 360 psi @ 70_ F. (2482 kpa at
21_ C). Containers shall be of high-strength alloy steel construction and conform to NFPA
2001.
6. Clean agent containers with an Impulse valve can be actuated by the following methods and
Solenoid valve is not allowed:
a. Method 1: Electric actuation – Single container system with Impulse valve operator
(IVO) & Impulse release Module (IRM)
b. Method 2: Electric actuation – Multi container system with Impulse valve operator (IVO)
& Impulse release Module (IRM)
c. Method 3: Electric & Pneumatic actuation – Two container system with Impulse valve
operator (IVO) & Impulse valve pnuematic operator (IVPO)
d. Method 4: Electric & Pneumatic actuation – Multi container system with Impulse valve
operator (IVO) & Impulse valve pnuematic operator (IVPO)
7. 6) Each container shall have a pressure gauge and low pressure switch to provide visual
and electrical supervision of the container pressure. The low
8. pressure switch shall be wired to the control panel to provide an audible and visual
"Supervisory" alarm in the event the container pressure drops below 288 psi (1986 kpa). The
pressure gauge shall be color coded to provide an easy, visual indication of container
pressure.
9. 7) Each container shall have a pressure relief provision that automatically operates when the
internal temperature exceeds 150_F. (66_C).
10. 8) Engineered discharge nozzles shall be provided, within the manufacturers guidelines, to
distribute the clean agent throughout the protected spaces. The nozzles shall be designed to
provide proper agent quantity and distribution.
a. Nozzles shall be available in pipe sizes 3/8” thru 2.0” (BPS 10mm thru 50mm). Each
size shall be available in 180_ and 360_ distribution patterns.
b. Ceiling plates, can be used with the nozzles to conceal pipe entry holes through ceiling
tiles.

Westbay Villa
11. Distribution piping, and fittings, shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
requirements, NFPA 2001 and approved piping standards and guidelines. All distribution
piping shall be installed by qualified individuals using good, accepted practices and quality
procedures. All piping shall be adequately supported and anchored at all directional changes
and nozzle locations.
a. All piping shall be reamed, blown clear and swabbed with suitable solvents to remove
burrs, mill varnish and cutting oils before assembly.
b. All pipe threads shall be sealed with Teflon tape pipe sealant applied to the male thread
ONLY.
5.8 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS :
5.8.1 CONTROL PANEL :

1. The control panel shall be a SHP (Single Hazard Panel) Control Panel.
2. The SHP Control System, and its components, shall be UL listed and FM approved for
releasing service and be suitable for clean Agent release service.
3. The SHP Control System shall perform all functions necessary to operate the system
detection, actuation and auxiliary functions, as outlined.
4. The SHP Control System shall be capable of providing 7AH or 18AH battery standby power
supplies.
5. The SHP Control System shall be microprocessor based with hardware and software
integration designed to guarantee reliability.
6. The SHP Control System shall support Cross Zoned, Sequential, Single Detector Release
and Manual Release detection/actuation methods.
7. The SHP Control System shall provide the following capabilities and functions:
a. Three (3) Class B (Style Y) indicating appliance circuits rated for 2.0 amps @ 24 VDC.
b. Four (4) Class B (Style A) initiating circuits
c. Optional Class A (Style D) module for initiating circuits
d. Eight (8) Status LEDs plus alpha-numeric display for troubleshooting: AC normal; alarm;
pre-discharge; release; supervisory; trouble; alarms silenced and system abort.
e. Programmable pre-discharge and discharge timers
f. Resettable and continuous auxiliary output power
g. Five (5) optional Abort types
h. Intelligent Transistor protection to prevent noise spikes and microprocessor failure from
inadvertently activating release outputs
i. A dedicated Disarm switch for release outputs
j. Dedicated alarm and trouble contacts programmable for alarm, trouble, pre-discharge,
discharge, abort, supervisory or waterflow functions, depending on panel configuration.
k. Two (2) Form “C” relays, rated at 5 amps, are provided on the SHP_ panel board.
Installation of the optional SRM4 Relay Module (P/N 10-2176) will provide four (4)
additional 5 amp relays.
l. Multiple input power source - 120 VAC or 208/220 VAC @ 50/60 Hz
m. 2.6 amp @ 24 VDC power supply to operate high current draw horns and strobes.
Capable of allowing expansion to 8 amp external power supply for a total of 10.6 amps
of available power.
n. Available in either Red or Gray finish
5.9 OPTICAL SMOKE DETECTOR:

1. The detectors shall be spaced and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications and the guidelines of NFPA 72 – current edition.

Westbay Villa
2. The optical smoke detector shall continuously measures the smoke level in the air, and gives
a proportional output. It shall comply with the requirements of EN54 part 7.
3. The detector shall be an optical light scattering type sensitive to visible smoke and be stable
under all environmental conditions. The internal test and calibration circuits shall use the
same optical elements as the smoke sensing circuits, to ensure reliability.
4. A light emitting diode (LED) on the base must illuminate when a detector is in alarm
5.10 MANUAL RELEASE (ELECTRIC):

1. The electric manual release switch shall be a dual action device which provides a means of
manually discharging the Suppression System when used in conjunction with the Fike SHP
Control System.
2. The Manual Release switch or Manual Pull station shall be a dual action device(s) requiring
two distinct operations to initiate a system actuation.
3. Manual actuation shall bypass the time delay and abort functions, shall cause the system to
discharge, and shall cause all release and shutdown devices to operate in the same manner
as if the system had operated automatically.
4. A Manual Release switch shall be located at each exit from the protected hazard and shall
have an advisory sign, provided at each location.
5.11 ABORT STATION :

1. The optional Abort Station shall be the "Dead Man" type and shall be located next to each
manual switch.
2. The Abort Station shall be supervised and shall indicate a trouble condition at the SHP
Control Panel, if depressed, and no alarm condition exists.
3. "Locking" or "Keyed" abort stations shall not be permitted.
4. The Abort Station shall be located adjacent to each manual station.
5.12 AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARMS:

1. Alarm audible and visual signal devices shall operate from the SHP Control Panel.
2. The Alarm Bell, Alarm Horn and Horn/Strobe devices shall operate on 24 volts Dc power to
allow supervision of the circuit wires.
3. The alarm bell and horn shall deliver a minimum sound level of 92 decibels at a distance of
3m.
4. Horn and strobe light are to operate simultaneous from one power supply with flash rate of 1-
3 flashes per second minimum over the listed input voltage range.
5. A Strobe device shall be placed outside, and above, each exit door from the protected space.
Provide an advisory sign at each light location.
5.13 CAUTION AND ADVISORY SIGNS:

1. Provide signs, as required, to comply with NFPA 2001 and the recommendations of the
equipment supplier:
2. Entrance sign: (1) required at each entrance to a protected space.
3. Manual Discharge sign: (1) required at each manual discharge station.
4. Flashing Light sign: (1) required at each flashing light over each exit from a protected space.
5.14 SYSTEM AND CONTROL WIRING:

1. All system wiring shall be furnished and installed by the contractor.
2. All wiring shall be installed in electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or conduit, and must be
installed and kept separate from all other building wiring.

Westbay Villa
3. All system components shall be securely supported independent of the wiring. Runs of
conduit and wiring shall be straight, neatly arranged, properly supported, installed parallel
and perpendicular to walls and partitions.
4. The sizes of the conductors shall be those specified by the manufacturer. Color coded wire
shall be used. All wires shall be tagged at all junction points and shall be free from shorts,
earth connections (unless so noted on the system drawings), and crosses between
conductors. Final termination’s between the SHP control panel and the system field wiring
shall be made under the direct supervision of a factory trained representative.
5. All wiring shall be installed by qualified individuals, in a neat and workmanlike manner, to
conform to the National Electrical Code, Article 725, and Article 760, except as otherwise
permitted for limited energy circuits, as described in NFPA 72 - current edition. W iring
installation shall meet all local, state, province and/or country codes.
6. The complete system electrical installation, and all auxiliary components, shall be connected
to earth ground in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
5.15 SYSTEM INSPECTION AND CHECKOUT:

1. After the system installation has been completed, the entire system shall be checked out,
inspected and functionally tested by qualified, trained personnel, in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommended procedures and NFPA standards.
2. All containers and distribution piping shall be checked for proper mounting and installation.
3. All electrical wiring shall be tested for proper connection, continuity and resistance to earth.
4. The complete system shall be functionally tested, in the presence of the owner or his
representative, and all functions, including system and equipment interlocks, must be
operational at least five (5) days prior to the final acceptance tests.
a. Each detector shall be tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended
procedures, and test values recorded.
b. All system and equipment interlocks, such as door release devices, audible and visual
devices, equipment shutdowns, local and remote alarms, etc. shall function as required
and designed.
c. Each SHP control panel circuit shall be tested for trouble by inducing a trouble condition
into the system.
5.16 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:

1. Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide operational training to each
shift of the owners personnel. Each training session shall include system SHP Control Panel
operation, manual and abort functions, trouble procedures, supervisory procedures, auxiliary
functions and emergency procedures.
5.17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE:

1. Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide complete operation and
maintenance instruction manuals, four (4) copies for each system, to the owner. All aspects
of system operation and maintenance shall be detailed, including piping isometrics, wiring
diagrams of all circuits, a written description of the system design, sequence of operation and
drawing(s) illustrating control logic and equipment used in the system. Checklists and
procedures for emergency situations, troubleshooting techniques, maintenance operations
and procedures shall be included in the manual.
5.18 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS:

1. Upon completion of each system, the installing contractor shall provide four (4) copies of
system "As-Built" drawings to the owner. The drawings shall show actual installation details
including all equipment locations (i.e.: control panel(s), agent container(s), detectors, alarms,
manuals and aborts, etc.) as well as piping and conduit routing details. Show all room or
facilities modifications, including door and/or damper installations completed. One (1) copy
of reproducible engineering drawings shall be provided reflecting all actual installation details.

Westbay Villa
5.19 ACCEPTANCE TESTS:

1. At the time "As-Built" drawings and maintenance/operations manuals are submitted, the
installing contractor shall submit a "Test Plan" describing procedures to be used to test the
control system(s). The Test Plan shall include a step-by-step description of all tests to be
performed and shall indicate the type and location of test apparatus to be employed. The
tests shall demonstrate that the operational and installation requirements of this specification
have been met. All tests shall be conducted in the presence of the owner and shall not be
conducted until the Test Plan has been approved.
2. The tests shall demonstrate that the entire control system functions as designed and
intended. All circuits shall be tested: automatic actuation, solenoid and manual actuation,
HVAC and power shutdowns, audible and visual alarm devices and manual override of abort
functions. Supervision of be tested and qualified.
3. A room pressurization test shall be conducted, in each protected space, to determine the
presence of openings which would affect the agent system concentration levels. The test(s)
shall be conducted using the Retro-Tec Corp. Door Fan system, or equivalent, with
integrated computer program. All testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001.
4. If room pressurization testing indicates that openings exist which would result in leakage
and/or loss of the extinguishing agent, the installing contractor shall be responsible for
coordinating the proper sealing of the protected space(s) by the general contractor or his
sub-contractor or agent. The general contractor shall be responsible for adequately sealing
all protected space(s) against agent loss or leakage. The installing contractor shall inspect all
work to ascertain that the protected space(s) have been adequately and properly sealed.
THE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
5. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SUCCESS OF THE

ROOM PRESSURIZATION TESTS. If the first room pressurization test is not successful, in
accordance with these specifications, the installing contractor shall direct the general
contractor to determine, and correct, the cause of the test failure. The installing contractor
shall conduct additional room pressurization tests, at no additional cost to the owner, until a
successful test is obtained. Copies of successful test results shall be submitted to the owner
for record.
6. Upon acceptance by the owner, the completed system(s) shall be placed into service.
5.20 SYSTEM INSPECTIONS:

1. The installing contractor shall provide two (2) inspections of each system, installed under this
contract, during the one-year warranty period. The first inspection shall be at the six month
interval, and the second inspection at the 12 month interval, after system acceptance.
Inspections shall be conducted in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines and the
recommendations of NFPA 2001.
2. Integrity Test must be done by qualified certified Engineer. The installer must have UL
Approved filling station in U.A.E for refilling and maintenance purpose
3. Documents certifying satisfactory system(s) operation shall be submitted to the owner upon
completion of each inspection.
5.21 WARRANTY:
1. All system components furnished, and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed
against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is
standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year from the date of system
acceptance.

Westbay Villa
6. FOAM DELUGE SYSTEM
6.1 GENERAL
1. Sprinkler system shall be an overhead deluge AFFF foam sprinkler system. System shall be
designed to provide adequately proportioned foam water solution at listed water flows past
proportioning device. System shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 16, Standard for the
Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Wate Spray Systems, NFPA 11, Standard for
Low Expansion Foam, NFPA 13, Standard for Installation of Sprinkler.Systems and
occupancy standards pertaining to the system installation.
6.2 SYSTEM DEVICES
6.2.1 System Design

1. (Insert Applicable System Design.)
6.2.2 Deluge Valve

1. Deluge systems shall utilize a 90° pattern or straight through type of deluge valve. Deluge
valve shall employ a positive vent on the priming line to ensure that the deluge valve will not
prematurely reset. Inlet and outlet connections of deluge valve can be threaded by threaded,
flanged by flanged, flanged by grooved or grooved by grooved, respectively. Deluge valve
shall be UL listed and FM approved. Deluge valve shall have a working pressure of 250 PSI.
Valve trim shall be compatible and installed following the manufacturer’s specifications.
Deluge Valve shall be Viking Model E-1 or F-1. (No Substitutions Allowed)
6.2.3 Deluge Release System

1. Deluge valve shall utilize a listed and approved release system. One of the following
methods shall be incorporated in the release system:
a. Deluge systems utilizing hydraulic release of the deluge valve prime water pressure
shall employ a rateof-rise release detector, fixed temperature release or fire sprinkler in
the release line piping. Rate-ofrise detector shall activate release when a rise of
temperature greater than 15°F over the period of one minute is experienced. Rate-of-
rise release shall have a means of installing a 155°F fixed temperature release on the
device. Rate-of-rise release shall be automatically resetting. All devices used in the
hydraulic release line shall be UL listed and meet FM Requirements. Rate-of-rise
Release manufacturer shall be The Viking Corporation. Model shall be C-1. Fixed
Temperature Release manufacturer shall be The Viking Corporation. Model shall be M.
Fire sprinklers utilized in the release line shall be Viking Model M sprinklers. (No
Substitutions Allowed)
b. Deluge systems utilizing pneumatic pilot line release systems shall employ a rate-of-rise
release detector, fixed temperature release or fire sprinkler in the release line piping.
Rate-of-rise detector shall activate release when a rise of temperature greater than 15°F
over the period of one minute is experienced. Rate-of-rise release shall have a means
of installing a 155°F fixed temperature release on the device. Rate-of-rise release shall
be automatically resetting. All devices used in the pneumatic release line shall be UL
listed and meet FM Requirements. Rate-of-rise Release manufacturer shall be The
Viking Corporation. Model shall be C-1. Fixed Temperature Release manufacturer shall
be The Viking Corporation. Model shall be M. Fire sprinklers utilized in the release line
shall be Viking Model M sprinklers. (No Substitutions Allowed)
c. Deluge systems utilizing electric release systems shall utilize a release control panel
and solenoid valve listed and approved for use with a Viking Deluge Valve. Detectors
shall be compatible with release control panel. Release Control Panel shall be a Viking
Model VFR400 Release Control Panel. (No Substitutions Allowed)

Westbay Villa
6.2.4 Concentrate Controller (Proportioner)

1. Foam concentrate shall be introduced into the water flow by a concentrate controller utilizing
balanced-pressure injection. Concentrate controller shall be a UL listed or FM approved
device. Concentrate controller shall be listed and approved with the foam concentrate to be
proportioned and the foam bladder tank. Concentrate controller shall be a brass, wafer or
threaded type device. The concentrate controller shall be listed with a nominal orifice plate
size for the foam concentrate to be proportioned. Concentrate Controller manufacturer to be
Chemguard.(No Substitutions Allowed)
6.2.5 Foam Bladder Tank

1. Provide a low expansion foam bladder tank system for storage of the foam concentrate. The
tank shall be stamped as meeting ASME pressure vessel requirements and UL Listed/FM
Approved for use with the foam concentrate and proportioning method utilized. Foam bladder
tank shall be located as close to the riser as practical and located to allow adequate access
for filling and inspection. Connect bladder tank water supply to the system riser at or above
the level of the top of the tank and provide a primary relief valve. Foam bladder tank shall be
UL listed and FM approved. Bladder tanks shall be Chemguard Horizontal or Vertical Bladder
Tanks.
6.2.6 Concentrate Control Valve

1. Install a deluge valve utilized as a concentrate control valve between the bladder tank and
concentrate controller.The CCV valve shall open automatically when the sprinkler system
experiences water flow. The CCV shall be UL Listed/FM Approved for use on fire protection
systems and have an operating pressure up to 250 PSI (17 BAR) and utilize a 90° or
straight-through pattern type of deluge valve manufactured with a corrosive resistant Halar
coating. Concentrate control valve trim shall be compatible and installed following the
manufacturer’s installation instructions. Halar Coated Concentrate Control Valve shall be
Viking Model E-2, E-4 or F-2. (No Substitutions Allowed)
6.2.7 Foam Concentrate Piping

1. Foam concentrate piping shall be compatible with foam concentrate to be used. Foam
provider shall be consulted for acceptable materials of construction. Foam concentrate piping
shall be designed for the least equivalent feet of pipe run from bladder tank discharge outlet
to proportioning device and water supply to bladder tank. Excessive use of elbows and tees
shall be avoided. Foam concentrate piping shall be substantially secured and restrained
against movement, thrust and vibration. Foam concentrate piping shall be protected from
excessive heat and freezing temperatures. Foam concentrate piping shall be installed with a
fitting such as a grooved coupling or union to be readily removed between proportioning
assembly and concentrate control valve.
6.2.8 Foam Concentrate

1. Synthetic Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) or Alcohol Resistant Aqueous Film Forming
Foam (AR-AFFF) shall be utilized. Water-soluble liquids shall be protected with Alcohol
resistant type foam concentrate. Foam concentrates shall be UL Listed or FM Approved for
the required application as well as for use with proportioning equipment and discharge
devices. Stored foam concentrate shall not be a mixture of different types and/or brands and
shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines. The AHJ should be
consulted to determine reserve foam supply requirements. Foam concentrates shall be
Chemguard Foam Concentrates. (No Substitutions Allowed)

Westbay Villa
6.2.9 Discharge Devices

1. Open head sprinklers that have been specifically tested and found suitable for the discharge
of low expansion synthetic foam/water solution shall be installed. Standard sprinklers used
for discharge outlets shall have been tested for minimum densities or minimum pressures as
foam/water solution discharge outlets. Discharge devices shall be UL listed or FM approved
for the application for which they are used. Open head sprinklers shall be UL listed or FM
approved for use with the foam concentrate being used. All sprinklers, which are to discharge
foam/water solution, shall be manufactured by The Viking Corporation. (No Substitutions
Allowed)
6.2.10 Alarm Pressure Switch

1. Provide an alarm pressure switch to facilitate the transmission of an alarm during waterflow
conditions. The switch shall be factory adjusted to operate with a pressure increase of 5-7 psi
and waterflow equal to or in excess of the discharge from one sprinkler. The switch shall be
cULus Listed/FM Approved for operating pressures up to 250 psi (17 BAR) and capable of
being wired for a class A or class B circuit. Housing for the switch shall be NEMA 4 rated
incorporating tamper-resistant screws. The alarm pressure switch shall be Potter PS101A or
PS102A.
6.2.11 System Overhead Piping

1. Overhead sprinkler piping shall be in accordance with materials deemed acceptable by
NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 16, Standard for the
Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler Systems and all other applicable building standards.
6.2.12 System Control Valve

1. Low Flow Foam system control valve shall consist of a listed indicating type of control valve.
Control valve shall be UL listed for use in fire protection systems. Control valve shall be rated
for system working water pressure but in no case shall be listed for pressure less than 175
PSI.
6.2.13 Hangers and Supports

1. System piping shall be substantially supported from the building structure. The installation of
hangers andsupports shall adhere to the requirements set forth in NFPA 13, Standard for the
Installation of Sprinkler Systems.Materials used in the installation or construction of hangers
and supports shall be listed and approved for such application. Hangers or supports not
specifically listed for service shall be designed and bear the seal of a professional engineer.
6.2.14 Fire Department Connection

1. A system fire department connection shall be provided on the system riser in accordance
with NFPA 16, Standard for Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler Systems. Fire department
connection shall be of a brass body with an integral clapper assembly to separate flow
between inlets. Fire department connection shall be installed in an area accessible for the
first response unit; actual fire department location shall be installed and located only after
proper coordination with fire officials. Fire department connection shall be UL listed and FM
approved for fire protection use.
6.2.15 Underground Piping

1. Piping and fittings used for the installation of underground water mains shall be listed for
such service. Local water system requirements shall be adhered to. Compatible fittings and
connection methods shall be reviewed with the water department authority. Standards of the
AWWA and NFPA 24, Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their
Appurtenances shall be minimum installation guidelines.

Westbay Villa
6.2.16 Drains and Flushing Connections

1. System drains shall adhere to the requirements set forth in NFPA 13, Standard for the
Installation of Sprinkler Systems. Flushing connections shall be provided where system
piping is subject to accumulation of sediments or where periodic flushing is required by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction. System auxiliary drains shall be installed so that the drain valve
is accessible and labeled as a sprinkler system drain. Drains shall terminate to the exterior of
the building where practical. Drains that do terminate to the exterior shall be installed with a
45° elbow directed to a splash block or other permanent erosion limiting material.
6.2.17 Riser Test Connections

1. A test connection shall be provided on the system riser with a downstream isolation valve for
the purpose of testing foam proportioning. System test header shall be of adequate size for
at least a mid-range flow of the proportioning system. System test header shall be installed
with a means of draining any trapped sections of discharge piping subject to freezing.
6.2.18 System Supervision

1. Control valves larger than 2” in size shall be equipped with UL listed and FM approved
supervisory switches.Control valves 2” and smaller shall be sealed in the position of their
normal operating condition. Others shall execute the termination of supervisory switch wires.
Supervisory switches shall be Potter Electrical Signal Company Control Valve Supervisory
Switch.
6.2.19 System Commissioning

1. Foam water sprinkler system shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 11, NFPA 13, NFPA
16 and all other applicable codes and jurisdictions. An owner’s representative, local fire
officials and a representative of the installing contractor shall witness foam-proportioning
tests. Additional foam concentrate shall be provided for testing by the installing contractor.
The installing contractor shall provide maintenance and material safety data sheets (MSDS)
to the owner.
7. PIPES, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS.
7.1 General
1. The piping for the fire sprinkler system & hose system shall be based on QCS section 23
Part 4 Fire Fighting System unless otherwise specified herein. The pipework shall be
pressure tested to two times the working pressure of the system. Each type of pipe work
material and associated fittings shall be obtained from one manufacturer only, who shall be
nominated by the contractor in writing and approved by the engineer prior to ordering any
materials.
7.2 Above ground pipes and fittings

1. The sprinkler piping system shall be galvanized ferrous piping (schedule 40) to NFPA 13
standards and ASTM A 795.
2. Sleeves shall be provided for pipes passing through walls or slabs. Pipes shall be pitched
for proper drainage. All water piping to equipment and valves shall be connected with either
flanges or unions for dismantling and removal. All piping shall be reamed after cutting to
remove all burrs.
3. Screwed fittings shall be used for joining pipes and fittings. Threads shall be cut as per
ANSI standards. Joint compound or tape shall be applied to the threads of the pipes and not
in the fittings.

Westbay Villa
4. Pipes and fittings used in the sprinkler system shall be designed to withstand a working
pressure of not less than 175 psi (12.1 bars).
7.3 Under ground pipe and fittings

1. Under ground pipes shall be Mechanical joint Ductile Iron Pipe Conforming to ANSI / AWWA
C151 / A 21.51 and ISO 2531, provided with metallic zinc and bituminus paint external
coating. Ductile pipe and fitting internal lining shall be cement mortar in accordance with ISO
6600. The rubber gasket joints shall conform to applicable requirement of ANSI/AWWA C
111/A 21.11. Provide ASTM A 193 grade B.7, bolt and ASTM A 194 nuts. Pipe end
preparation for the mechanical joint type shall be in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendation. Ductile iron pipe shall be provided with polyethylene encasement in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 105/ A 21.5, ISO 8189, Installation of pipes and Fittings and
polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with the manufacturers recommendation.
2. Or seamless copper tube ASTM B 75 AS PER NFPA regulations.
7.4 Pipe Supports, Hangers and Anchors

1. All supports and hangers for steel piping to be ferrous and designed to support 5 times the
weight of water filled pipe plus 250 lbs at each point of piping support. All pipes shall be
supported so as to prevent sagging or swinging. Unless otherwise indicated, pipe hanger
shall be spaced as follows:
25 to 32mm dia. - Not over 8 ft. apart - 3/8” rods
40 to 100mm dia. - Not over 10 ft. apart - 5/8” rods
Over 100 mm dia. - Not over 12 ft. apart - 7/8” rods
2. Details of hangers and supports to be used by the Contractor shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval before installation. All hangers shall be provided with lock-nuts and
have provision for vertical adjustment.
3. The pipework shall be supported, anchored and guided in order to preclude failure or
deformation. The contractor shall construct and install hangers, supports, anchors, guides
and accessories as necessary to the approval of the Engineer. Supports shall be designed to
support the weight of the pipe and the weight of the fluid.
4. Piping shall be securely fastened to the structure without over-stressing any portion of the
structure itself. Pipe supports, anchors and guides shall be secured to concrete by means of
inserts or if greater load carrying capacity is required by means of steel fishplates embedded
in the concrete.
5. Hanger shall be arrange so as to prevent transmission of vibration from piping to building and
supports.
6. Pipe hangers and supports shall be furnished complete with rods, bolts, lock, nuts, swivels
couplings, brackets and all other components and accessories to allow installation to freely
expand and contract.
7. Hangers spacing shall be such that the piping is installed without undue strains and stresses
and provision shall be made for expansion, contraction, structural settlement and water
hammer.
8. Supports, clamps and hangers shall be made of galvanized steel, fixed with drilled plugs.
8. FIRE STORAGE WATER TANK

1. Underground fire storage water tank shall be constructed of reinforced concrete (refer to
Civil/Stuctural works for details and sepecifications.
2. Tanks shall be fitted with the following:

Westbay Villa
a. Automatic infill when tank is empty.

 The domestic water pump shall automatically fill the tank when the float valve and
level indicator sense the level of water is low. Float valve shall be hydraulically
operated, diaphragm actuated valve with the pilot control and float mechanism
mounted on the cover of the main valve. The float positions the pilot control and close
the valve when float contacts the upper stop and to open the vavle when the floats
contacts the lower stop.
b. Equalizing valve and pipe.
 The fire storage water tank shall be provided with equalizing valve for the repair and
maintenance purposes. The equalizing valve shall be normally open.
c. Overflow pipe one size larger than the float valve.
 Over flow pipe with diameter more than or equal 11/2 water supply pipe diameter.
overflow pipe shall be galvanised pipe conforming to ASTM A-53 and shall be
installed as shown on the drawings.
d. Drain valve.
 Drain valve shall be provided at all low points in the system and other points where
necessary and as directed by the engineer.
e. Water outlets and Inlets as shown on the drawings.
 All water outlets and inlets as shown in the plumbing and fire fighting drawings.
f. Close fitting openings on top of the tank for float switches wiring.
 Close fitting openings shall be located at the top of the tank for easy maintenance with
the electrical power supply
g. Level Indicator.
 The level indicator shall be provided to indicate the level in the tank for high , low and
medium level. Level indicator shall be as shown on the drawings.
h. Sealed manhole cover adjacent to float valve.
 The manhole shall be sealed with gaskets and its located near the float valve
i. Vent pipe with stainless steel insect screen.
 The fire storage water tank shall be provided with vent pipe complete with insect
screen to avoid pilferage & insects.
j. Ladder (internal).
 The tank shall be provided with permanent steel ladder inside the tank for
maintenance purpose. Ladder shall be stainless steel.
k. Access manhole.
 Manhole shall be easily accessable to personel for maintanace purpose.
l. Fire water tank shall be divided in to two compartment.
 The fire water tank shall be divided in to two companrtment with the equalizing valve
for the maintance purpose as indicated on the drawings.
3. All pipe connections above 50 mm to be flanged and 50 mm and below to be screwed BSP
thread as per Engineer’s approval/requirement. All internal reinforcements and fixings
should be in high quality stainless steel.
4. The tank shall be flushed out twice using maximum water pressure available and all
extraneous matter removed including the water used during the operation.
5. The whole of the installation shall be guaranteed for a period of 400 days. Any
defect/damage or leakage occurred during the guarantee period shall be made by the
Contractor at no cost to the Client
9. APPROVED SCHEDULE OF MANUFACTURERS :

1. All materials supplied under this contract shall be from one of the manufacturers listed below.
No alternate makes shall be accepted unless all the makers are unavailable. Materials
Westbay Villa
proposed from listed makes also must fully comply with the detailed specifications, country of
origin, where listed, must be complied.
2. All Materials should have at least been certified by two independent Certification
Organizations from International Testing Laboratories & Accredited Certification
3. Bodies as LPCB/ BSI Kitemark /Vds and or UL/FM.
Item Make
Galvanised Steel Pipes - UL Listed a) Sumitomo
b) Shield
c) Nippon
d) TUF
or Equal and Approved
Galvanized threaded fittings (UL listed and or FM Approved). a) Anvil

b) Shield
c) Victaulic
Grooved Fittings (UL listed and or FM Approved). a) Victaulic

b) Shield
c) Anvil
Ductile Iron Pipes & Fittings a) SHIELD

b) BIS
c) SAUDI PIPES
Hangers & Accessories a) PHD

b) Anvil
c) Shield
Sprinkler heads and accessories (UL listed and or FM Approved) a) Central / Spraysafe
b)Automatic Sprinkler
c) Shield

Westbay Villa
Item Make
Special Valves (Alarm valve, pre-action valve) a) Automatic Sprinkler Corporation
b) Central / Spraysafe
c) Shield
Valves (OS & Y, Butterfly & Check Valves) a) Shield

Seismic Connector – UL Listed and or FM approved b) Central / Spraysafe
c) Automatic Sprinkler Corporation
d)Mueller
e) Kennedy
Fire Hose Reel, Fire Hose, Nozzle, Landing Valve, Cabinets and a) Chubb
accessories (LPCB, BSI/Kitemark/ UL listed and or FM Approved).
b) Shield
d) Kidde
e) Norsen
Fire Hydrant – UL Listed a) Kennedy

c) Mueller
Fire Department connection (LPCB, BSI/Kite Mark/ UL listed and or a) Chubb

FM Approved).
b) Shield
Fire Extinguisher (LPCB, BSI/Kite Mark/ UL and or FM Approved). a) Buckeye

b) Shield
Fire Pumps (UL Listed and or FM Approved) a) Peerless

b) R-B Pumps
c) Naffco
e) ITT

Westbay Villa
Item Make
Diesel Engine (UL Listed and or FM Approved) a) Caterpillar
b) Clarks
c) Cummins
d) Firedriver
Fire Pumps Controller (UL Listed and or FM approved) a) Firetrol

b) Naffco
c) Cutler Hammer
d) Tornatech
e) Joslyn clark.
Clean Agent Fire Suppression(FM-200/HFC227ea) System a) Siemens

equipment (UL Listed and or FM Approved)
b) Figgie Fire Protection Products
c) Fike
d) Naffco
e)Chemetron
Fire department connection a) MUELLER CENTURIAN

b) ANGUS
c) VIKING
d) GRINNEL
Foam System & Equipment a) National Foam

All Foam Concentrate b) Naffco (UAE)
c) Chemguard
Fire W ater Tank a)Stalwart Trading Company

END OF SECTION

Westbay Mechanial Specs

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Westbay Mechanial Specs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROPOSED VILLA

PLUMBING & DRAINAGE SPECIFICATIONS

1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................... 1

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................................................. 1

2. HOT AND COLD WATER SERVICES ................................................................................... 2

2.2 PIPES AND FITTINGS – INSTALLATIONS .......................................................................... 2

2.3 VALVES, STOPCOCKS AND GAUGES................................................................................ 6

3. UNDERGROUND COLD WATER PIPE LAYING .................................................................. 8

3.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 8

3.2 JOINTING ............................................................................................................................... 8

3.3 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ............................................................................................. 8

3.4 TRENCH EXCAVATION......................................................................................................... 8

3.5 GRANULAR BEDDING .......................................................................................................... 9

3.6 LAYING OF PIPELINES AND FITTINGS............................................................................... 9

3.7 ANCHORS AND THRUST BLOCKS ..................................................................................... 9

3.8 BACKFILLING EXCAVATIONS ............................................................................................ 10

3.9 PIPELINE INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................... 10

3.10 TESTING OF PIPEWORK ..................................................................................................... 10

3.11 WATER TANK ....................................................................................................................... 11

4. SANITARY WARE INSTALLATIONS: .................................................................................. 21

6. LIST OF RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURERS ................................................................. 22

1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Attention is drawn to the General Specifications, the Qatar Construction Specification

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

2. Water supply to the fountains.

1.3 CODES & STANDARDS

3. Water Regulations issued by the Ministry of Electricity & Water Department

4. The Fire Department Regulations

a. BSCP 310 - Water Supply

b. BSCP 2005 - Sewerage

c. BS 5572 - Code of Practice for Sanitary Pipe work

d. BS 8301 - Building Drainage

6. National Fire Protection Association ( NFPA)

7. Under Writers laboratories

SECTION 19 – PLUMBING SYSTEM 1

2. HOT AND COLD WATER SERVICES

2.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS – MATERIALS

2.1.1 CWS / HWS- Above the ground (riser & downfeed)

All fittings shall be lead free.

2.1.2 Underground & CWS/HWS embedded in screed or wall chase

15 15.045 14.965 1.0 1.0

22 22.055 21.975 1.2 1.0

28 28.055 27.975 1.2 1.0

35 35.070 34.990 1.5 1.6

42 42.070 41.990 1.5 1.6

54 54.070 53.990 2.0 1.6

2.2 PIPES AND FITTINGS – INSTALLATIONS

2.2.1 Joints for Copper Pipes

SECTION 19 – PLUMBING SYSTEM 2

2.2.2 Installation, Storage & Protection

SECTION 19 – PLUMBING SYSTEM 3

MAXIMUM SPACING OF SUPPORTS

Support Spacing (m)

76.1 3.6 2.4

108 3.6 2.4

SECTION 19 – PLUMBING SYSTEM 4

2.2.4 Pipe Sleeves

Sink Unit 22mm

2.2.5 Flashing / Puddle Flanges

SECTION 19 – PLUMBING SYSTEM 5

2.2.6 Anchors and Guides

2.2.8 Pipe Insulation

2.3 VALVES, STOPCOCKS AND GAUGES